WO2023116240A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023116240A1
WO2023116240A1 PCT/CN2022/130542 CN2022130542W WO2023116240A1 WO 2023116240 A1 WO2023116240 A1 WO 2023116240A1 CN 2022130542 W CN2022130542 W CN 2022130542W WO 2023116240 A1 WO2023116240 A1 WO 2023116240A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
dns
network element
domain name
session management
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/130542
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
魏鑫鹏
朱奋勤
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023116240A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023116240A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/14—Session management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/45—Network directories; Name-to-address mapping
    • H04L61/4505—Network directories; Name-to-address mapping using standardised directories; using standardised directory access protocols
    • H04L61/4511—Network directories; Name-to-address mapping using standardised directories; using standardised directory access protocols using domain name system [DNS]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/50—Network services
    • H04L67/51—Discovery or management thereof, e.g. service location protocol [SLP] or web services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/02—Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • Multi-access edge computing (MEC) federation refers to the formation of a federation between MEC platforms belonging to multiple mobile network operators (MNOs). MEC federation supports resource sharing and coordination among operators.
  • the edge application of the application service provider (ASP) can be deployed on some operator platforms in the MEC federation, and the edge application can be accessed by end users of other operator platforms connected to the federation.
  • edge application server that provides edge applications
  • domain name system domain name system
  • EASDF edge application server discovery function
  • SMF session management function
  • ECS extension mechanisms for DNS client subnet
  • the deployment information of edge applications between MNOs may not be interoperable, so that it is impossible to determine the appropriate ECS option information.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, the session management network element can determine the client subnet option information of the appropriate DNS extension mechanism to perform the service discovery process between MNOs.
  • a communication method includes: a session management network element receives a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query A fully qualified domain name; the session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, the The first information further includes second information corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  • the session management network element can determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the received fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device and the first information, wherein the first information includes the mobile network The identification information of the operator, and the second information corresponding to the identification information of the mobile network operator, where the second information includes a fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device.
  • the session management network element may determine the first mobile network operator corresponding to the full domain name queried by the terminal device according to the first information, and then determine the first DNS extension mechanism related to the first mobile network operator Client subnet option information for service discovery process between MNOs.
  • the session management network element receives the first information from the application function network element.
  • the session management network element determines the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information; the session management network element determines the first mobile network operator according to the first The network deployment information between a mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the session management network element determines the data network access identifier of the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information; the second The information includes data network access identification information, the session management network element is based on the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs, and the first mobile network The operator's data network access identifier determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the session management network element determines the second mobile network operator according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator Protocol data unit PDU session anchor in the operator, where the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
  • An IP address of an edge application server determines a first data network access identifier;
  • the session management network element determines a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the session management network element
  • the second mobile network operator it belongs to, the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the second information may further include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the session management network element according to the The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier , the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the session management network element determines the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first The identification information of the mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the session management network element is based on network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network
  • the access identifier determines the session anchor of the PDU.
  • a communication method includes: a session management network element receives a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query A fully qualified domain name; the session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein, the first information includes the second fully qualified domain name and the second DNS extension mechanism The corresponding relationship of the client subnet option information, the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  • the first fully qualified domain name may be the fully qualified domain name of the current mobile network operator (the mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs) or the fully qualified domain name of the first mobile network operator.
  • the mobile network operator is different from the mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs.
  • the session management network element receives the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, and the session management network element can, according to the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, Determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism corresponding to the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, so as to perform a service discovery process between MNOs.
  • the first fully qualified domain name may be the fully qualified domain name of the current mobile network operator (the mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs) or the fully qualified domain name of other mobile network operators; or in other words, the first DNS extension mechanism
  • the client subnet option information may be the client subnet option information of the DNS extension mechanism related to the current mobile network operator, or the client subnet option information of the DNS extension mechanism related to other mobile network operators.
  • the session management network element receives the first information from the application function network element.
  • the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name, location area information, and client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism
  • the session The management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the location area information of the terminal device, the first fully qualified domain name and the first information.
  • the session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; the session management network element according to the configuration information It is determined that the first edge application server belongs to the first mobile network operator, and the configuration information includes a correspondence between identification information of the first mobile network operator and an IP address.
  • the session management network element determines the second mobile network operator according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator A protocol data unit PDU session anchor point in the provider, and the PDU session anchor point is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the session management network element receives the DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; the session management network element receives the DNS response report message according to the IP address of the first edge application server; The IP address of the first edge application server determines the first data network access identifier; the session management network element determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the session management network The second mobile network operator to which the cell belongs, and the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the configuration information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, and the first data network access identifier
  • the corresponding data network belongs to the first mobile network operator; specifically, the session management network element determines, according to the configuration information, that the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier, and the The first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the session management network element determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point in the second mobile network operator.
  • a communication method includes: an application function network element sends first information to a session management network element, so that the session management network element determines the corresponding fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device according to the first information
  • the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism wherein, the first information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first information also includes the second corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator.
  • the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name; and/or, the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, the second fully qualified domain name Include the first fully qualified domain name.
  • a communication method comprising: an edge application service discovery function network element receives a DNS query message sent by a terminal device, the DNS query message includes a first fully qualified domain name; the edge application service discovery function network element According to DNS processing rules, it is determined that the mobile network operator corresponding to the first fully qualified domain name is the first mobile network operator.
  • the DNS processing rules include the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first mobile network operator corresponds to The second information includes the first full domain name definition; the edge application service discovery function network element sends a DNS query report message to the session management network element, and the DNS query report message carries the first mobile network operator identification information.
  • the edge application service discovery function network element can determine the identification information of the mobile network element operator corresponding to the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device according to the DNS processing rules, and the edge application service discovery function network element can use the DNS
  • the query report message sends the identification information of the mobile network operator corresponding to the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device to the session management network element, so that the session management network element can determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism to perform Service discovery process between MNOs.
  • the identification information of the first mobile network operator is used by the session management network element to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the edge application service discovery function network element receives the DNS processing rule from the session management network element.
  • a communication method comprising: a session management network element receives a DNS query report message from an edge application service discovery function network element, and the DNS query report message carries identification information of the first mobile network operator ; The session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message.
  • the identification information of the first mobile network operator is determined according to DNS processing rules
  • the method further includes: the session management network element sends the edge application service discovery function network Yuan sends the DNS processing rule, the DNS processing rule includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name, the first The fully qualified domain name is the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device.
  • the session management network element receives first information from the application function network element, and the session management network element determines the DNS processing rule according to the first information, and the first information
  • the information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator and the second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, where the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  • the session management network element determining the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message includes: the session management network element according to the first The identification information of the mobile network operator obtains network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs; and determines the first DNS extension mechanism according to the network deployment information Client subnet option information for .
  • the session management network element obtains the first mobile network operator and the session management network according to the identification information of the first mobile network operator.
  • the session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
  • the IP address of an edge application server determines the first data network access identifier;
  • the session management network element is used to determine the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the session management
  • the second mobile network operator to which the network element belongs, and the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal equipment.
  • the second information may further include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the session management network element according to the The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier , the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the session management network element determines the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first The identification information of the mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the session management network element is based on the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network
  • the access identifier determines the session anchor of the PDU.
  • a communication device which includes a transceiver unit for receiving a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query A fully qualified domain name; a processing unit, configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, the The first information further includes second information corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  • the processing unit can determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the received fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device and the first information, wherein the first information includes the mobile network operator The identification information of the mobile network operator, and the second information corresponding to the identification information of the mobile network operator, where the second information includes the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device.
  • the processing unit may determine, according to the first information, the first mobile network operator corresponding to the full domain name queried by the terminal device, and then determine the client subdomain of the first DNS extension mechanism related to the first mobile network operator. Network option information for the service discovery process between MNOs.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first information from an application function network element.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information; The network deployment information between the provider and the second mobile network operator to which the device belongs, and determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the data network access identifier of the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information, the The first information includes data network access identification information; according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs, and the data of the first mobile network operator
  • the network access identifier determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, that the second mobile A protocol data unit (PDU) session anchor point in a network operator, where the PDU session anchor point is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
  • the IP address of the first edge application server determines a first data network access identifier;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the device
  • the second mobile network operator it belongs to, the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the second information may also include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the processing unit is specifically configured to The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access ID, the first data network access ID belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first A correspondence between identification information of a mobile network operator, a data network access identifier and an IP address, and the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data
  • the network access identifier determines the PDU session anchor.
  • a communication device which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query The fully qualified domain name; the processing unit is configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein the first information includes the second fully qualified domain name and the second DNS extension The corresponding relationship of the client subnet option information of the mechanism, the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  • the first fully qualified domain name may be the fully qualified domain name of the current mobile network operator or the fully qualified domain name of the first mobile network operator, and the first mobile network operator is different from the current mobile network operator.
  • the transceiver unit receives the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, and the processing unit can determine the terminal according to the corresponding relationship between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism
  • the fully qualified domain name queried by the device corresponds to the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism, so as to perform a service discovery process between MNOs.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first information from an application function network element.
  • the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name, the location area information, and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism
  • the processing The unit is specifically configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the location area information of the terminal device, the first fully qualified domain name and the first information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
  • the configuration information determines that the first edge application server belongs to the first mobile network operator, and the configuration information includes a correspondence between identification information of the first mobile network operator and an IP address.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the second mobile network operator according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive the DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; the processing unit is also configured to Determine the first data network access identifier according to the IP address of the first edge application server; the processing unit is also configured to determine a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the The second mobile network operator to which the device belongs, and the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the configuration information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, and the first data network access identifier
  • the corresponding data network belongs to the first mobile network operator;
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the configuration information, that the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier, and the first The data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data
  • the network access identifier determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point in the second mobile network operator.
  • a communication device which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send first information to a session management network element, so that the session management network element determines a fully qualified domain name queried by a terminal device according to the first information The client subnet option information of the corresponding first DNS extension mechanism; wherein, the first information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first information also includes the first mobile network operator’s identification information corresponding to the first Two information, the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name; and/or, the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, the second fully qualified The domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  • a communication device which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a DNS query message sent by a terminal device, where the DNS query message includes a first fully qualified domain name; a processing unit, configured to determine the domain name according to DNS processing rules
  • the mobile network operator corresponding to the first fully qualified domain name is the first mobile network operator, and the DNS processing rule includes identification information of the first mobile network operator and second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, The second information includes the first full domain name definition;
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send a DNS query report message to the session management network element, and the DNS query report message carries identification information of the first mobile network operator.
  • the identification information of the first mobile network operator is used by the session management network element to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the DNS processing rule from the session management network element.
  • a communication device which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a DNS query report message from a network element with an edge application service discovery function, where the DNS query report message carries an identifier of the first mobile network operator Information; a processing unit, configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message.
  • the identification information of the first mobile network operator is determined according to DNS processing rules, and the transceiver unit is further configured to send the DNS to the edge application service discovery function network element.
  • a processing rule, the DNS processing rule includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, and second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, the second information includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is The fully qualified domain name that the terminal device queries.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the session management network element to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message, including: the session management The network element obtains network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs according to the identification information of the first mobile network operator; and determines according to the network deployment information Client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to obtain the first mobile network operator and the first mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs according to the identification information of the first mobile network operator. 2. Network deployment information between mobile network operators; and according to the network deployment information, determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, that the second mobile A protocol data unit (PDU) session anchor point in a network operator, where the PDU session anchor point is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
  • the IP address of the first edge application server determines the first data network access identifier, and determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the second mobile network to which the device belongs.
  • the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • the second information may further include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the processing unit is further configured to The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access ID, the first data network access ID belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first A correspondence between identification information of a mobile network operator, a data network access identifier and an IP address, and the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data
  • the network access identifier determines the PDU session anchor.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to realize the function of the session management network element in any possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the fifth aspect.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the device is a session management network element.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the device is a chip configured in a session management network element.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device including a processor is provided.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to realize the function of the application function network element in the above third aspect.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the device is an application function network element.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the device is a chip configured in an application function network element.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device including a processor is provided.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the fourth aspect and the function of the edge application service discovery function network element in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the device is an edge application service discovery function network element.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the device is a chip configured in a network element with an edge application service discovery function.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or any one of the possible aspects method in the implementation.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a chip
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver
  • the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • an apparatus including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through the receiver and transmit signals through the transmitter, so as to execute any one of the first to fifth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects method in .
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be set separately from the processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
  • a non-transitory memory such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM)
  • ROM read only memory
  • a related data interaction process such as sending indication information may be a process of outputting indication information from a processor
  • receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information from a processor.
  • processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and input data received by the processor may be from the receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the device in the fifteenth aspect above can be a chip, and the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor can be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor, or it may be located outside the processor and exist independently.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect to A method in any one of the fifth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or an instruction
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), and when it is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the above-mentioned first aspect to the method in any one of the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of any one aspect.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • a system-on-a-chip including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the system-on-a-chip executes any one of the first to fifth aspects or any one of the above-mentioned aspects.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a communication system, the system includes a session management network element and an edge application as in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of any aspect
  • a service discovery function network element a terminal device, and an application function network element.
  • a communication system in a twentieth aspect, includes a session management network element and an edge application according to any aspect of the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect, or any aspect, or any possible implementation manner of any aspect
  • a service discovery function network element a terminal device, and an application function network element.
  • FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an edge service architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic diagram of the scene where the embodiment of the present application is applicable
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 400 provided in this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 500 provided in this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 600 provided in this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication systems mentioned in the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited to: global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system , LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), LTE system, advanced long-term evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) system, next-generation communication system (for example, 6G communication system), integration of multiple access systems system, or evolved system.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • LTE time division duplex time division duplex
  • LTE-A advanced long-term evolution
  • next-generation communication system for example, 6G communication system
  • integration of multiple access systems system or evolved system.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-machine communication long-term evolution technology (Long Term Evolution-machine, LTE-M), device to device (device to device, D2D) network , machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) network, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) network or other networks.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • LTE-M inter-machine communication long-term evolution technology
  • D2D device to device
  • machine to machine machine to machine
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle and Infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) or vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc.
  • vehicle to vehicle vehicle to vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • V2I vehicle to infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle to pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle to network
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a wireless communication system architecture applicable to the present application. As shown in the figure, the system architecture may specifically include the following network elements:
  • (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN): An access network that implements access network functions based on wireless communication technology can be called a radio access network.
  • the wireless access network can manage wireless resources, provide access services for terminals, and complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between terminals and the core network.
  • the wireless access network device involved in this application may be a device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the wireless access network device may be a device that provides wireless communication function services, and is usually located on the network side, including but not limited to: a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a fifth-generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, a sixth-generation The next generation base station in the 6th generation (6G) mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, etc., the evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB) in the LTE system, wireless Network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), base transcei
  • the access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU Node and user plane CU node, and RAN equipment of DU node.
  • the access network device provides services for the cell, and the user equipment communicates with the base station through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be a cell corresponding to the base station (for example, a base station). It can belong to a macro base station, or it can belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here can include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, and a femto cell ( Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the wireless access network device can be a macro base station, a micro base station or an indoor station, or a relay node or a donor node, a device that provides wireless communication services for user equipment in a V2X communication system, a cloud wireless access network ( Cloud radio access network (CRAN) wireless controllers, relay stations, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, and network devices in future evolution networks.
  • CRAN Cloud radio access network
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology adopted by the radio access network device and the specific form of the device.
  • User plane function It can be used for packet routing and forwarding, or quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data.
  • User data can be accessed to a data network (data network, DN) through this network element.
  • data network data network
  • Data network (data network, DN): used to provide a network for transmitting data.
  • Access and mobility management function network element used for mobility management and access management, etc.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • Session management function network element (session management function, SMF): mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging The endpoint of the functional interface and the notification of downlink data, etc.
  • SMF session management function network element
  • IP network interconnection protocol
  • Network exposure function It is mainly used to safely open the services and capabilities provided by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) network function to the outside.
  • PCF Policy control function
  • Application function network element (Application function, AF): It is used for data routing influenced by the application, accessing network opening function network elements, and interacting with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
  • the above network architecture also includes a network slice selection function (NSSF), which is used to manage information related to network slices; a network repository function (NRF), which is used to store network functional entities And the description information of the services it provides, as well as supporting functions such as service discovery and network element entity discovery.
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • NEF network repository function
  • the N2 interface is the interface between the RAN and the AMF network element, and is used for sending non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) messages, etc.
  • the N3 interface is the interface between the RAN and the UPF network element, used
  • the N4 interface is the interface between the SMF network element and the UPF network element, and is used to transmit such information as the tunnel identification information of the N3 connection, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification messages.
  • the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the access management function network element is an AMF network element
  • the session management network element is an SMF network element
  • the policy control network element is a PCF network element for example.
  • the AMF network element may be referred to as AMF for short
  • the SMF network element may be referred to as SMF for short
  • the PCF network element may be referred to as PCF for short. That is, the AMF described later in this application can be replaced by an access management function network element, the SMF can be replaced by a session management network element, and the PCF can be replaced by a policy control network element.
  • this application takes the device as an example of an AMF entity, an SMF entity, and a PCF entity to describe the method for information transmission.
  • a device that is a chip in an AMF entity, a chip in an SMF entity, or a chip in a PCF entity
  • the implementation method of the chip refer to the specific descriptions of the devices being the AMF entity, the SMF entity, and the PCF entity, and the introduction will not be repeated.
  • the UE is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface.
  • the UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPF is interconnected with the data network (data network, DN) through the N6 interface.
  • the SMF controls the UPF through the N4 interface.
  • N1, N2, N3, N4, etc. are interface serial numbers.
  • the meanings of these interface serial numbers may refer to the meanings defined in the current standard protocol, and there is no limitation here.
  • the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiment of the present application is only an example of a network architecture described from the perspective of a traditional point-to-point architecture and a service-oriented architecture, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Any network architecture capable of implementing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a system architecture or a scenario of an application of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system can also be regarded as a support for edge computing (EC) that can be introduced into the above-mentioned network architecture.
  • EC edge computing
  • protocol data unit protocol data unit
  • session session
  • a PDU session refers to a communication process between a user equipment UE and a data network DN. After the PDU session is established, a data transmission channel between the UE and the DN is established.
  • Each PDU session supports a PDU session type (for example: IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, Ethernet (Ethenet), Unstructured (Unstructured).
  • a PDU session can have multiple PDU session anchors (anchor), in order to support the DN
  • SMF can control the data routing of the PDU session, so that the PDU session can have multiple N6 interfaces at the same time, each N6
  • the UPF of the interface can be called the PDU session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA).
  • PSA PDU session anchor
  • the multi-PSA of a single PDU session can be implemented in the following two ways:
  • Method 1 Use an uplink classifier (uplink classifier, UL CL) in a PDU session.
  • uplink classifier uplink classifier, UL CL
  • SMF can insert an uplink classifier "UL CL” in the data transmission path of the PDU session.
  • the "UL CL” function can be provided in the UPF. Its purpose is to forward the data packets that meet the service filtering rules to the specified path, similar to The role of the routing table.
  • the insertion and deletion of "UL CL” is controlled by SMF.
  • SMF can operate UPF through N4 interface. Of course, SMF also depends on the capability of UPF, that is, whether UPF supports "UL CL”.
  • UPF supports "UL CL”.
  • Figure 2 can be seen as a scenario where a PDU session has two PSAs.
  • the uplink classifier (UL CL) is inserted on the UPF at the termination point of the N3 interface, the anchor point (PSA1) and the anchor point (PAS2) are terminated at the N6 interface, and the transmission between the uplink classifier UPF and the anchor point UPF is through the N9 interface.
  • PSA1 anchor point
  • PAS2 anchor point
  • Method 2 Use IPv6 multi-homing in a PDU session
  • a PDU session can be associated with multiple IPv6 prefixes, which is the so-called multi-homed PDU session.
  • a multihomed PDU session can access one data network DN through multiple PSAs.
  • the data channels corresponding to each PSA will eventually converge on a common UPF, which has a "branching point" (branching point, BP) function and is called a branching point UPF.
  • the branch point UPF forwards the uplink service packets to different PSAs upwards, and merges the data from each PSA downwards.
  • the branch point UPF can be used for charging statistics and rate control.
  • the SMF controls the insertion or removal of branch points in the UPF through the N4 interface. Of course, it also depends on the capabilities of the UPF, that is, whether the UPF supports the branch point function.
  • Figure 2 can be seen as a scenario where a PDU session has two PSAs.
  • the common UPF can transmit uplink data to different PSAs, for example, PSA1 and PAS2; the common UPF can also combine the data from each PSA.
  • UPF (UL CL/BP) can represent a UPF that provides UL CL functions or a public UPF, that is, the UPF can transmit uplink data to different PSAs, for example, PSA1 and PSA2, each PSA The corresponding data channels will eventually converge on the UPF and combine the downlink data to the UE.
  • Uplink user packets pass through the access network equipment and the backhaul network, and finally access the data network through the centrally deployed anchor gateways.
  • These anchor gateways are generally deployed at higher positions in the network, such as the central computer room in a large area.
  • This topology is relatively simple, and it is convenient for operators to perform centralized service control and packet processing at the anchor point. With the explosive growth of mobile service traffic, it is increasingly difficult for this deployment method to support the fast-growing mobile service traffic model.
  • the increased traffic is finally concentrated at the gateway and the core computer room, which puts forward higher and higher requirements for the backhaul network bandwidth, the throughput of the computer room, and the specifications of the gateway; on the other hand,
  • the long-distance backhaul network and complex transmission environment from the access point to the anchor gateway lead to large delay and jitter in the transmission of user packets.
  • edge computing EC By moving the UPF and business processing capabilities down to the edge of the network, EC realizes the local processing of distributed business traffic and avoids excessive concentration of traffic, thereby greatly reducing the specification requirements for the core computer room and centralized gateway, and reducing user packets.
  • the end-to-end (E2E) delay and jitter make the deployment of ultra-low-latency services possible.
  • edge application server EAS
  • EAS edge application server
  • EDN edge data network
  • EAS can also be called application instance, edge application instance, MEC application (server), EAS function, etc.
  • the edge application may specifically refer to an instance (instance) of a server application (for example, social media software, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR)) deployed and running on the EDN.
  • An application can deploy one or more EASs in one or more EDNs.
  • EASs deployed and running in different EDNs can be regarded as different EASs of an application.
  • Applications use different domain names, which can be fully qualified domain names (fully qualified domain names, FQDNs), can use a free-play Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address, or can use different IP addresses.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • the edge data network EDN can be a local (local) data network
  • the local DN can also be understood as an access point of a data network that is closer to the attachment point of the user, and the data network refers to the service network of an operator or a third party , can provide services such as operator services or Internet services for user equipment.
  • the local DN may be identified by a data network access identifier (DNAI) and a data network name (DNN).
  • DNAI data network access identifier
  • DNN data network name
  • the standard TS 23.548 of the 3rd generation partnership project defines a new network element that assists in the discovery of EAS, the edge application server discovery function network element (edge application server discovery function, EASDF), its main role is Process domain name system (domain name system, DNS) messages according to the instructions of the SMF.
  • the process of using EASDF for EAS discovery is as follows: In the session establishment process, after SMF selects EASDF, SMF can send DNS processing rules to EASDF through the PDU session.
  • the DNS processing rules can include FQDN range information, EAS IP address range information and DNS At least one item of server identifier information; the FQDN range and EAS IP address range can indicate the deployment of edge services. If the FQDN or EAS IP of a certain service is within the above range, it means that the service is on the local edge There are deployments.
  • the EASDF receives the DNS query (query) sent by the UE, it can match the FQDN contained in the DNS query with the above FQDN range.
  • EASDF sends a DNS message report to the SMF and obtains the constructed DNS message from the SMF.
  • EDNS Client Subnet EDNS Client Subnet, ECS
  • ECS is a new protocol supported by the DNS service, which will add the user IP address to the DNS request packet.
  • the DNS server can return to the user a server IP address closer to the user based on the user IP address instead of the IP address of the recursive server, so that the client can realize nearby access.
  • EASDF adds ECS option to DNS query and forwards it to DNS server.
  • EASDF After EASDF receives the DNS response from the DNS server, it will match the EAS IP address contained in the DNS response with the above-mentioned EAS IP address range. If it is within this range, EASDF will send a DNS message report to SMF; SMF will insert "UL CL” or "BP”, and instruct EASDF to forward the DNS response to the UE to complete the discovery of local services.
  • MEC federation refers to the formation of a federation among MEC platforms belonging to multiple mobile network operators (MNOs) to support resource sharing and coordination among operators.
  • MNOs mobile network operators
  • the entire federation can be managed by the federation (federation manager) function for unified management.
  • the MEC federation architecture defined by the Global System for Mobile Communications Association (GSMA) organization is shown in FIG. 3 .
  • Multiple operator platforms (operator platforms) form an alliance, and the edge applications of application service providers (ASP) can be deployed on certain operator platforms in the MEC federation, and the edge applications can be accessed End-user access to other operator platforms in the alliance.
  • ASP application service providers
  • MNO#1 does not deploy its own MEC platform, but relies on the MEC platform deployed by MNO#2, and ASP
  • the MEC application is only deployed at MNO#2.
  • the end user of MNO#1 can access the edge application whose best edge location is located in MNO#2.
  • both MNO#1 and MNO#2 deploy their own MEC platforms, but the ASP only deploys MEC applications on the platform of MNO#2.
  • the end user of MNO#1 can also access the edge application whose best edge location is located in MNO#2.
  • the MEC platform can be understood as AF.
  • the deployment information of edge applications in multiple MNOs may not be interoperable.
  • the deployment information of the EAS may include the deployment status of the EAS in the Local DN indicated by each DNAI, that is, The EAS deployment information is specific to each DNAI, and the DNAI information is a character string defined by each MNO itself, which is not unique.
  • MNO#1 may not be able to recognize the EAS deployment information of another MNO#2, so that when a terminal in MNO#1 wants to access an edge application in MNO#2, the session management network element in MNO#1 cannot select the appropriate ECS option, the appropriate ECS option is used by the DNS server to return the address of the edge application server in MNO#2 that is closer to the terminal device to the terminal device, which may cause the end user of MNO#1 to access the edge application of MNO#2 Failure, affecting the user's service experience.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can enable the session management network element to determine the appropriate client subnet option of the DNS extension mechanism for the service discovery process between MNOs, thereby improving user service experience.
  • the first, second and various numbers are only for convenience of description, for distinguishing objects, and are not used to limit The scope of the application examples. For example, distinguishing between different MNOs, etc. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so described are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances in order to enable descriptions other than the embodiments of the application.
  • preset may include pre-definition, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-configuration can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices or network devices). limited.
  • the "storage" mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may refer to storage in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided independently, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • a part of the one or more memories may also be provided separately, and a part may be integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of the storage may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device will be introduced by taking the user equipment UE as an example.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Method 400 may include the following steps.
  • the session management function network element SMF acquires first information.
  • the first information may include identification information of a mobile network operator (mobile network operator, MNO), and second information corresponding to the identification information of the MNO.
  • MNO mobile network operator
  • the identification information of the MNO may be the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identification (identifier, ID) of the MNO, or the identification information of the MNO may also be publicly defined by each MNO MNO ID, MNO name, etc.
  • the second information includes the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS, that is, the range information of the FQDN.
  • the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS includes the first FQDN
  • the first FQDN is the FQDN queried by the terminal device, that is, the second information includes the first FQDN.
  • the second information may also include at least one of the following information: EAS IP address range, and DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
  • the second information may be called EAS deployment information.
  • the first information is called EAS deployment information, that is, the EAS deployment information carries the identification information of the MNO.
  • the second information is information other than the identification information of the MNO in the EAS deployment information, for example, the second information includes the FQDN corresponding to the application program running in the EAS, the EAS IP address range, etc.
  • the first information may include correspondence between the second FQDN and the ECS option information (also can be understood as "mapping relationship") information, and the correspondence information is used by the SMF to determine the ECS option information according to the received FQDN information.
  • the second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, the at least one FQDN may belong to different MNOs, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN.
  • the first information includes FQDN#1 and FQDN#2, FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 respectively correspond to one or more ECS options, and the FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 may belong to different MNOs.
  • the first information may also include correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information.
  • the location area information may include cell identification information, tracking area identification (tracking area identity, TAI) information, or geographic location information (for example, information such as province, city, district, or latitude and longitude), or data network access identification (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) information.
  • the second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, and each FQDN in the at least one FQND may correspond to at least one location area information, and the at least one location area information corresponds to one or more ECS option information.
  • the first information includes FQDN#1 and FQDN#2, FQDN#1 corresponds to Location area#1 and Location area#2, Location area#1 corresponds to ECS option#1, and Location area#2 corresponds to ECS option#2; FQDN #2 corresponds to Location area#3, and Location area#3 corresponds to ECS option#3.
  • the first information can be expressed as: ⁇ FQDN#1:(Location area#1: ⁇ ECS option#1>;Location area#2: ⁇ ECS option#2>); FQDN#2: (Location area#3: ⁇ ECS option#3>) ⁇ .
  • the above expression form of the first information is only an exemplary description, which is not limited, and any modification of the above expression form of the first information is applicable to this application.
  • the above first information may also be expressed in the form of a table.
  • the ECS option information is information used to determine the ECS option.
  • the ECS option information may specifically be the ECS option, or other information used to determine the ECS option, for example, the IP address information used to determine the ECS option, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the SMF may obtain the first information from the NEF or the PCF, and the first information comes from the AF network element.
  • the SMF may send information #1 to the NEF, and correspondingly, the SMF receives information #2 from the NEF, and the information #2 may include the first information.
  • information #1 can be Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe Request or Nsmf_EASDeployment_Notify Request
  • information #2 can be Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe Response or Nsmf_EASDeployment_Notify Response, which is not limited in this application.
  • the SMF can also send a request to the PCF to obtain a policy and charging control (PCC) rule (rule).
  • PCC policy and charging control
  • the SMF receives the PCC rule from the PCF, and the PCC rule carries the first information.
  • the method may further include S420, the SMF determines DNS processing rules.
  • the SMF may determine the DNS processing rule according to the first information.
  • the DNS processing rules are used by the EASDF to process corresponding DNS messages, which may include two parts: DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions.
  • the DNS detection information is used to match the DNS message. If the DNS message matches the DNS detection information, it can be considered that the DNS processing rule is applicable to the DNS message; the DNS message processing action can include one or more of the following: report DNS messages, reporting DNS content, caching DNS messages, and forwarding DNS messages.
  • the SMF determines the DNS processing rule according to the first information. It may be understood that the SMF determines the DNS processing rule, and the DNS detection information in the DNS processing rule includes part or all of the first information.
  • the DNS detection information may include one or more of the following information: FQDN, EAS IP address range, DNAI, etc.
  • the DNS detection information may include one or more of the following information: the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS, the EAS IP address range, and the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
  • the DNS detection information may further include identification information of the MNO, and the identification information of the MNO has a corresponding relationship with other information in the DNS detection information. It should be understood that other information here refers to the FQDN, EAS IP address range, DNAI, etc. mentioned above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the method may further include S430, the SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF.
  • the UE Before the SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF, the UE can start an application (APP) to initiate a session establishment process or reuse an existing session of the UE to establish a user plane connection between the UE and the UPF. During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF can choose EASDF.
  • APP application
  • the SMF can choose EASDF.
  • EASDF EASDF
  • the SMF may send a DNS context establishment request message (for example, Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request) to the selected EASDF, including the DNS processing rule.
  • a DNS context establishment request message for example, Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request
  • the EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the DNS query report message accordingly.
  • the EASDF Before the EASDF sends the DNS query report message to the SMF, the EASDF receives the DNS query request message sent by the UE, and the DNS query request message carries the first FQDN.
  • the EASDF may send a DNS query report message to the SMF based on the DNS processing rule.
  • the DNS query report message may be a Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, and the DNS query report message carries the first FQDN.
  • the method may further include S441, where the EASDF determines the first DNS processing rule according to the DNS processing rule.
  • An MNO corresponding to the FQDN an example of the first MNO.
  • the DNS query report message sent by the EASDF to the SMF may also include the identification information of the first MNO.
  • the SMF determines the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF may The network deployment information determines the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF may also determine whether the first MNO is the second MNO to which the SMF belongs.
  • the SMF determines the first ECS option information and the subsequent service discovery process may refer to existing related technologies.
  • the SMF may determine the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO.
  • the first MNO and the second MNO are MNOs in the MEC federation.
  • the network deployment information may be used to characterize the network connection topology information between the first MNO and the second MNO, for example, the network deployment information includes the UPF (first UPF) information in the first MNO, and the A UPF has information about the UPF (second UPF) in the second MNO that is connected to the network.
  • the network deployment information may also include information about the DNAI of the first MNO, and information about the network connection with the DNAI of the first MNO.
  • the second MNO, or the DNAI information of the second MNO; the network deployment information may also include network connection performance information, for example, data transmission delay, bandwidth, distance between the first UPF and the second UPF, and other information.
  • the network deployment information described above using the UPF information as the granularity is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation to this application.
  • the network deployment information may also include communication node information represented by other granularity, for example, the granularity of DNAI, local DN granularity. That is to say, according to the network deployment information, the communication nodes with network connections in the first MNO and the second MNO can be known, and the network connection performance information between the communication nodes can be known.
  • the network deployment information may also have other names, and this application does not limit how to call the network deployment information.
  • the network deployment information may also be called network connection information or network configuration information.
  • the SMF determining the first ECS option information may include: the SMF may select, according to the network deployment information, the IP address information of the first UPF in the first MNO that is closer to the second UPF in the second MNO In order to determine the information of the first ECS option, that is, the information of the first ECS option; as another example, the SMF may select the one closer to the local DN of the second MNO, the first UPF in the first MNO according to the network deployment information.
  • the IP address information is the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF may also query the DNAI (second DNAI) in the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the first information.
  • the first information includes the first MNO corresponding to the first MNO.
  • the second information may include the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
  • the SMF determining the first ECS option information may also include: the SMF determining the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO and the second DNAI.
  • the SMF may select the second DNAI that is closer to the second UPF in the second MNO according to the network deployment information, and the IP address information of the first UPF is information for determining the first ECS option, that is, determining The first ECS option information.
  • the SMF first determines that the first FQDN corresponds to the first MNO according to the first FQDN and the first information.
  • the identification information of the MNO an example of the first MNO.
  • the SMF may query the first FQDN from the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS of the first information, and determine the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN.
  • the process for the SMF to determine the first ECS option information is as described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first information includes the correspondence between the second FQDN and ECS option information (second ECS option information), the second FQDN includes the first FQDN, and the SMF queries the The ECS option information corresponding to the first FQDN is to determine the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF may determine the location area information of the terminal device, and query the first FQDN and The ECS option information corresponding to the location area information of the terminal device is to determine the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF can send the first ECS option information to the EASDF.
  • EASDF can add the first ECS option to the DNS query message and forward it to the DNS server.
  • the first ECS option carries an IP address information, and the IP address information can reflect the current location information of the UE, so that the DNS server can according to The first ECS option returns the address of the edge application server in the first MNO that is closer to the terminal device.
  • the method may further include S460, the SMF determines a local (local) PDU Session Anchor (L-PSA) in the second MNO, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  • L-PSA local PDU Session Anchor
  • the SMF receives the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first EAS.
  • the FQDN of the application program supported on the first EAS Including the first FQDN; the SMF can judge the local DN corresponding to the first EAS in the first MNO according to the IP address of the first EAS and the first information (the local DN is indicated by DNAI, that is, the SMF can judge according to the The IP address of the first EAS, and the first information determines the first DNAI corresponding to the first EAS); the SMF determines the L- PSA.
  • the first information includes the second information corresponding to the first MNO, and the second information may include the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range; the SMF may query the IP address of the first EAS The corresponding DNAI is to determine the first DNAI; for example, the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI may include: the SMF may determine the L-PSA according to the network The deployment information selects the second UPF that is closer to the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI in the second MNO as the L-PSA; as another example, the SMF may select the second MNO according to the network deployment information Among them, the second UPF with the smaller communication delay of the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI is used as the L-PSA.
  • the SMF may determine the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO. Exemplarily, the SMF may select a second UPF in the second MNO that is closer to the first UPF of the first MNO as the L-PSA.
  • the SMF receives the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first EAS; the SMF may also determine the IP address of the first EAS and configuration information according to the first EAS L-PSA.
  • the configuration information may include the correspondence between the IP address and the identification information of the MNO, and the identification information of the MNO includes the identification information of the first MNO.
  • the SMF can determine the MNO (first MNO) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS according to the IP address of the first EAS and the configuration information; the SMF can determine the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO Determine the L-PSA.
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information as described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the configuration information may also include the IP address, identification information of the MNO, and correspondence relationship information of the DNAI.
  • the SMF can determine the DNAI (first DNAI) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS and the corresponding first MNO according to the IP address of the first EAS and the configuration information; network deployment information, and the first DNAI determines the L-PSA.
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI as described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the configuration information may be pre-configured in the SMF, or the SMF may also obtain the configuration information from other network elements, for example, obtain the configuration information from the AF.
  • the SMF may acquire the configuration information through a signaling interaction process for acquiring the first information, or the SMF may also acquire the configuration information through a separate signaling interaction process.
  • the session management function network element can determine the first ECS option information according to the first information provided by the application function network element, so as to avoid the influence of ECS option due to the incompatibility of deployment information of edge applications in multiple MNOs
  • the problem of construction can make the service discovery process between MNOs.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first information may include identification information of the MNO.
  • the method at least includes the following steps.
  • the SMF acquires first information.
  • the first information may include identification information of the MNO, and second information corresponding to the identification information of the MNO.
  • the identification information of the MNO and the second information are similar to those in S410, and will not be repeated here.
  • the SMF may acquire the first information from the NEF or the PCF, and the first information comes from the AF network element.
  • the SMF acquires the first information, reference may be made to S410.
  • the SMF generates a DNS processing rule according to the first information.
  • the DNS processing rules are used by the EASDF to process corresponding DNS messages, which may include two parts: DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions.
  • DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions please refer to the description in S420.
  • the SMF generating the DNS processing rule according to the first information may be understood as the SMF generating the DNS processing rule, wherein the DNS detection information may include part or all of the content included in the first information.
  • the DNS detection information may include part or all of the content included in the first information.
  • the SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF.
  • SMF can send DNS context establishment request message (for example, can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request) to EASDF, which includes DNS processing rules; correspondingly, EASDF sends DNS context establishment response message (for example, can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Response) to SMF. Subsequently, when the DNS message processing rules need to be updated, the SMF can also interact with the EASDF to update the DNS processing rules on the EASDF.
  • DNS context establishment request message for example, can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request
  • EASDF sends DNS context establishment response message (for example, can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Response) to SMF.
  • the UE sends a DNS query request message to the EASDF, and correspondingly, the EASDF receives the DNS query request message.
  • the DNS query request message can be sent to the EASDF through the RAN and the UPF.
  • the FQDN of the APP may be carried in the DNS query request message, that is, the FQDN queried by the terminal device (an example of the first FQDN).
  • the EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, and correspondingly, the SMF receives the DNS query report message.
  • the EASDF may send a DNS query report message to the SMF based on the DNS processing rule, for example, the DNS query report message may be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request.
  • the DNS query report message includes the first FQDN; optionally, the DNS query report message may also include DNS message type information, and the DNS message type information may be, for example, a DNS query message or a DNS response message.
  • the method may further include S552, where the EASDF determines the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN (an example of the first MNO) according to the DNS processing rule.
  • the DNS query report message sent by the EASDF to the SMF may also include the identification information of the first MNO.
  • the method may further include S553.
  • the SMF determines the MNO (an example of the first MNO) corresponding to the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message and the first information.
  • the SMF may determine the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message, and the SMF may query the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN from the first information.
  • the DNS processing rule generated in S520 may not include the identification information of the MNO.
  • the EASDF may determine the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the DNS processing rule, wherein the DNS processing rule includes the identification information of the MNO; or, the SMF may determine the first MNO according to the first information And the first FQDN determines the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN.
  • the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN may be the second MNO to which the SMF belongs, or may be another MNO in the MEC federation scenario formed with the second MNO, for example, the first MNO.
  • the subsequent service discovery process may refer to existing related technologies.
  • the method may further include S560, the SMF determines the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO.
  • the SMF determines the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and reference may be made to S450, which will not be repeated here.
  • the SMF may also determine the ECS option according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the location information of the terminal device.
  • the specific form of the location information of the terminal device is, for example, geographic location information, tracking Area (tracking area, TA) information, L-PSA related to the location of the terminal device.
  • the SMF may determine, according to the network deployment information, that the IP address of the second UPF in the second MNO is closer to the location of the terminal device as information for determining the first ECS option, that is, the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF can construct the ECS option according to the first information provided by the application function network element, and then enable the UE to access the EAS in other MNOs in the MEC federation, which improves the service experience of the user.
  • the SMF sends the first ECS option information to the EASDF, and correspondingly, the EASDF receives the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF may send an updated DNS processing rule to the EASDF, and the updated DNS processing rule includes the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF sends a DNS context update request message (Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request) to the EASDF, and the DNS context update request message carries the first ECS option information.
  • the EASDF interacts with the DNS server to perform DNS query.
  • this step may include S581.
  • the EASDF sends a DNS query message to the DNS server, where the DNS query message includes the first ECS option.
  • the DNS server receives the DNS query message, and the DNS server can select the DNS query message according to the stored correspondence between the network location information and the EAS server, and the current location information of the UE included in the first ECS option.
  • the IP address of the corresponding EAS S582.
  • the DNS server sends a DNS response message to the EASDF, which includes the IP address information of the selected EAS (an example of the first EAS IP address); correspondingly, the EASDF receives the DNS response message.
  • the EASDF sends a DNS response report message to the SMF; correspondingly, the SMF receives the DNS response report message.
  • the DNS response reporting message may be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify.
  • the DNS response report message carries the IP address of the first EAS.
  • the method may further include S5100.
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA in the second MNO according to the DNS response report message and the first information, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the UE.
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the UE.
  • the SMF may select a UPF closer to the UPF of the first MNO among the second MNO as the L-PSA.
  • the SMF receives the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first EAS; the SMF may use the IP address of the first EAS and the first information Judging the local DN corresponding to the first EAS in the first MNO (local DN is indicated by DNAI, that is, the SMF can determine the first DNAI corresponding to the first EAS according to the IP address of the first EAS and the first information ); the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI.
  • the first information includes the second information corresponding to the first MNO, and the second information may include the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range; the SMF may query the IP address corresponding to the first EAS.
  • DNAI that is, to determine the first DNAI
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI may include: the SMF may according to the network deployment Information selects the second UPF in the second MNO that is closer to the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI as the L-PSA; as another example, the SMF may select the second UPF in the second MNO according to the network deployment information.
  • the second UPF with the smaller communication delay of the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI is used as the L-PSA.
  • the method may further include S5110, the SMF issues a processing method for the DNS response message to the EASDF, and instructs the EASDF to return the DNS response message to the UE.
  • the SMF can use the selected L-PSA to establish a PDU session for accessing edge services.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 600 provided by the present application.
  • the first information may include correspondence relationship information between the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported on the EAS and the ECS option.
  • the method at least includes the following steps.
  • the SMF acquires first information.
  • the first information may include correspondence information between the second FQDN and the ECS option information, and the correspondence information is used by the SMF to determine the ECS option information according to the received FQDN information.
  • the second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, the at least one FQDN may belong to different MNOs, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN.
  • the first information includes FQDN#1 and FQDN#2, FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 respectively correspond to one or more ECS option information, and the FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 belong to different MNOs.
  • the first information may also include correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information, and the correspondence relationship is similar to that in S410.
  • the first information may also include second information
  • the second information includes the FQDN (range information of the FQDN) corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS, and the EAS IP address range, and the EAS IP address range corresponding At least one of the DNAI.
  • the FQDN corresponding to the application running in the EAS includes the first FQDN.
  • the second information may be called EAS deployment information.
  • the SMF may acquire the first information from the NEF or the PCF, and the first information comes from the AF network element.
  • the SMF acquires the first information, reference may be made to S410.
  • the SMF determines a DNS processing rule.
  • the DNS processing rules are used by the EASDF to process corresponding DNS messages, and the DNS processing rules include DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions.
  • the DNS detection information may include at least one of FQDN range information, EAS IP address range information, and DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
  • the SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF.
  • This step is similar to S430.
  • the UE Before the interaction between the SMF and the EASDF, the UE can initiate a session establishment process or reuse the existing session of the UE to establish a user plane connection between the UE and the UPF.
  • the SMF can choose EASDF.
  • the SMF can send a DNS context establishment request message to the selected EASDF, which includes DNS processing rules. Subsequently, when the DNS message processing rules need to be updated, the SMF can also interact with the EASDF to update the DNS processing rules on the EASDF.
  • the UE sends a DNS query request message to the EASDF, and the EASDF receives the DNS query request message accordingly.
  • the DNS query information may carry the FQDN of the APP, that is, the FQDN queried by the terminal device (an example of the first FQDN).
  • the EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the DNS query report message accordingly.
  • the EASDF can report information related to the DNS query request message to the SMF based on the DNS processing rule, that is, send the DNS query report message to the SMF (for example, the DNS query report message Can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request).
  • the DNS query report message includes the first FQDN.
  • the SMF determines first ECS option information according to the DNS query report message and the first information.
  • the SMF may determine the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message, and the SMF selects the ECS option information corresponding to the first FQDN according to the first information, that is, the SMF determines the first ECS option information.
  • the first information includes information about the correspondence between the second FQDN and the ECS option information, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN; or, the SMF may determine the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message, according to The first information selects the ECS option information corresponding to the first FQDN and the location information of the terminal device, wherein the first information includes the second FQDN, the location area information and the correspondence relationship information of the ECS option information, and the second FQDN Include the first FQDN.
  • the first ECS option information may carry an IP address information, and the IP address information may reflect the current location information of the UE.
  • the SMF can select the ECS option according to the first information provided by the application function network element, and then realize the UE accessing the EAS in other MNOs in the MEC federation, which improves the service experience of the user.
  • the SMF sends the first ECS option information to the EASDF, and correspondingly, the EASDF receives the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF can send the updated DNS processing rule to the EASDF, and the updated DNS processing rule includes the first ECS option information.
  • the SMF may send updated DNS processing rules to the EASDF by sending a DNS context update request message (Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request).
  • the EASDF interacts with the DNS server to perform DNS query.
  • this step may include S681.
  • the EASDF sends a DNS query message to the DNS server, where the DNS query message includes the first ECS option.
  • the DNS server can select the EAS (an example of the first EAS) server corresponding to the DNS query message according to the correspondence between the stored network location information and the EAS server, and the current location information of the UE included in the first ECS option IP address.
  • the DNS server sends a DNS response message to the EASDF, which includes the IP address of the first EAS.
  • the EASDF sends a DNS response report message to the SMF.
  • EASDF After EASDF receives the DNS response message from the DNS server, it matches the FQDN contained in the DNS response or the IP range of the EAS. If it is within the FQDN range or the EAS IP range, EASDF sends a DNS response report message to the SMF, including the first EAS IP address information.
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA in the second MNO according to the DNS response report message, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the UE.
  • the SMF may first determine the MNO (an example of the first MNO) to which the IP address of the first EAS carried in the DNS response report message belongs according to the configuration information, the MNO to which the first EAS belongs and the second MNO to which the SMF belongs. MNOs are different.
  • the configuration information may include a correspondence between the IP address and the identification information of the MNO, where the identification information of the MNO includes the identification information of the first MNO.
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MNO and the IP address range information may be a one-to-one relationship, that is, the identification information of an MNO corresponds to an IP address range, or the identification information of the MNO and the IP address range
  • the correspondence between information may be a one-to-many relationship, that is, one MNO identification information may correspond to multiple IP address ranges.
  • the corresponding relationship can be expressed as (MNO#1: ⁇ IP range#1>; MNO#2: ⁇ IP range#2>); for another example, the corresponding relationship can be expressed as (MNO#1: ⁇ IP range# 1, IP range#2>; MNO#2: ⁇ IP range#3>).
  • the SMF may determine the MNO (first MNO) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS according to the configuration information; the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO. Exemplarily, the SMF may select a UPF closer to the UPF of the first MNO among the second MNO as the L-PSA.
  • the configuration information may include the IP address, identification information of the MNO, and correspondence relationship information of the DNAI.
  • the corresponding relationship may be: the identification information of the MNO may correspond to at least one DNIA, and each DNAI in the at least one DNAI may correspond to at least one IP address range information.
  • the corresponding relationship can be expressed as: ⁇ MNO#1: (DNAI#1: ⁇ IP range#1, IP range#2>); MNO#1: (DNAI#2: ⁇ IP range#3>); MNO #2: (DNAI#3: ⁇ IP range#4>) ⁇ .
  • the SMF can determine the DNAI (first DNAI) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS and the corresponding MNO (first MNO) according to the IP address of the first EAS and the configuration information; Network deployment information between MNOs, and the first DNAI determine the L-PSA.
  • the SMF may determine the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI may include: the SMF may select the second MNO according to the network deployment information, and the distance from the The second UPF closer to the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI is used as the L-PSA; as another example, the SMF may select the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI in the second MNO according to the network deployment information The first UPF in the second UPF with a smaller communication delay is used as the L-PSA.
  • the SMF can determine the DNAI (first DNAI) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS according to the information of the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range; the SMF can, according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, And the DNAI corresponding to the first EAS (the first DNAI) determines the L-PSA.
  • the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO and the first DNAI as described above.
  • the configuration information can be pre-configured in the SMF, or the SMF can also obtain the configuration information from other network elements, for example, obtain the configuration information from the AF, and the SMF can obtain the first information through the
  • the configuration information may be obtained through a signaling interaction process, or the SMF may also obtain the configuration information through a separate signaling interaction process.
  • the method may further include S6110, the SMF issues a processing method for the DNS response message to the EASDF, and instructs the EASDF to return the DNS response message to the UE. Subsequently, the SMF can use the selected L-PSA to establish a PDU session for accessing edge services.
  • At least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, wherein a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method implemented by the communication device may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or a circuit) that can be configured inside the communication device.
  • each network element includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may include: a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720 .
  • the transceiver unit 710 may be used to implement corresponding communication functions.
  • the transceiver unit 710 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the processing unit 720 may be configured to implement corresponding processing functions, for example, determine ECS option information.
  • the communication device 700 may be the session management network element in the above method embodiment, or a chip for realizing the function of the session management network element in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 700 further includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 720 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the foregoing method embodiments Actions of devices or network elements in the network.
  • a storage unit which can be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 720 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the foregoing method embodiments Actions of devices or network elements in the network.
  • the communication device 700 may correspond to the session management network element in the method 400 or the method 500 or the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a session management network element for performing the session management in the method 400 in FIG. 4
  • each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 .
  • the transceiving unit 710 may be configured to perform operations related to transceiving of the session management network element in the above method embodiments
  • the processing unit 720 may be configured to perform operations related to processing of the session management network element in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive first information
  • the first information may include the identification information of the MNO, and second information corresponding to the identification information of the MNO, the second information includes the first Two FQDNs, the second FQDN includes the FQDN (first FQDN) queried by the terminal device; or, the first information may include the correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN and the ECS option information, and the second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, The at least one FQDN may belong to different MNOs, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN.
  • the first information may also include correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information.
  • the transceiver unit is also used for receiving a DNS query report message, and the DNS query report message carries the first FQDN.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to determine first ECS option information according to the first information and the DNS query report message. Optionally, the processing unit is further configured to determine the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the first information and the DNS query report message.
  • the transceiving unit 710 is also configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message carries the IP address information of the first EAS.
  • the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the PDU session anchor point in the current mobile network operator according to the first information and the DNS response report message.
  • the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the first DNAI to which the first EAS belongs according to the first information and the DNS response reporting message.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the DNS response report message and configuration information, where the configuration information includes the IP address and corresponding concerned information of the MNO identification information.
  • the transceiving unit 710 is configured to receive the first information; the transceiving unit 710 is further configured to send a DNS processing rule to an edge application service discovery function network element, where the DNS processing rule carries identification information of the MNO.
  • the transceiver unit is also used to receive a DNS query report message, the DNS query report message carries the first FQDN and the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN, wherein the identification of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN
  • the information is determined by the edge application service discovery function network element.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to determine first ECS option information according to the DNS query report message.
  • the transceiving unit 710 is also configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message carries the IP address information of the first EAS.
  • the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the PDU session anchor point in the current mobile network operator according to the first information and the DNS response report message.
  • the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the first DNAI to which the first EAS belongs according to the first information and the DNS response reporting message.
  • the communication device 700 may be the network element with the edge application service discovery function in the above method embodiment, or the network element used to realize the edge application service discovery function in the above method embodiment function chip.
  • the communication device 700 may correspond to the edge application service discovery function network element in the method 400 or the method 500 or the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a network element for performing the method 400 in FIG. 4
  • the method elements executed by the edge application service discovery function network element, the method elements executed by the EASDF in the method 500 in FIG. 5 , and the method elements executed by the EASDF in the method 600 in FIG. 6 are respectively intended to implement corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 .
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive a DNS query message sent by a terminal device, the DNS query message includes a first FQDN; the processing unit 720 is configured to determine the MNO (first MNO) corresponding to the first FQDN according to DNS processing rules , the DNS processing rule includes the identification information of the first MNO, and the second information corresponding to the first MNO, the second information includes the first FQDN; the transceiver unit 710 is also configured to send DNS to the session management network element A query report message, where the DNS query report message carries the identification information of the first MNO.
  • the transceiving unit 710 is also configured to receive the DNS processing rule from the session management network element.
  • the transceiver unit is also configured to send a DNS response report message to the session management network element, the DNS response report message carries the IP address information of the first EAS, and the DNS response report message is used by the session management network element to determine the current mobile PDU Session Anchor in Network Operator.
  • the communication device 700 may be the application function network element in the above method embodiment, the communication device includes a transceiver unit 710, and the communication device 700 may also be used to implement the above method embodiment A chip that applies the functions of a functional network element.
  • the communication device 700 may correspond to the application function network element in the method 400 to the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a method for executing the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 The unit of the method performed by the network element of the application function. Moreover, each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 . It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • transceiver unit 710 in the communication device 700 may correspond to the transceiver 820 in the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the processing unit 720 in the communication apparatus 700 may correspond to the processor 810 in the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the chip includes a transceiver unit.
  • the chip may further include a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is used to realize the signal sending and receiving operation of the communication device 700
  • the processing unit 720 is used to realize the signal processing operation of the communication device 700 .
  • the communication device 700 further includes a storage unit 730 for storing instructions.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides another communication device 800 .
  • the apparatus 800 includes a processor 810, and the processor 810 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, or read data/signaling stored in the memory 820, so as to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • processors 810 there are one or more processors 810 .
  • the apparatus 800 further includes a memory 820, and the memory 820 is used for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 820 can be integrated with the processor 810, or can also be set separately.
  • the device 800 also includes a transceiver 830 for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 88 is configured to control the transceiver 830 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the apparatus 800 is used to implement the operations performed by the session management network element in each method embodiment above.
  • the processor 810 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, so as to implement related operations of the session management network element in each method embodiment above.
  • the apparatus 800 is configured to implement the operations performed by the edge application service discovery function network element in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 810 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, so as to implement related operations of the edge application service discovery function network element in each method embodiment above.
  • the apparatus 800 is configured to implement the operations performed by the application function network element in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 810 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, so as to implement related operations of the application function network element in each method embodiment above.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM includes the following multiple forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components
  • the memory storage module may be integrated in the processor.
  • memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the session management network element in the above method embodiments, or the method executed by the edge application function network element, or the method executed by the application function network element.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are implemented.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including one or more of the foregoing session management network element, edge application function network element, application function network element, and terminal device.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a chip system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip system here may also be a system composed of circuits.
  • the chip system 900 shown in FIG. 9 includes: a logic circuit 910 and an input/output interface (input/output interface) 920, the logic circuit is used to couple with the input interface, and transmit data through the input/output interface to execute the diagram. 4 to the method described in Figure 6.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface.
  • the processor may be used to execute the methods in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (system on chip, SoC). It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller unit) , MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • microcontroller micro controller unit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method provided in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a session management network element receives a domain name system (DNS) query report message, the DNS query report message comprising a fully qualified domain name queried by a terminal device; a session management network element determines client subnet option information of a first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and first information, wherein the first information comprises identification information of a first mobile network operator (MNO) and second information corresponding to the first MNO, the second information comprises the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, and/or the first information comprises a correspondence between a second fully qualified domain name and client subnet option information of a second DNS extension mechanism, and the second fully qualified domain name comprises the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device. A first information session management network element determines client subnet option information of a suitable DNS extension mechanism to perform service discovery between MNOs.

Description

通信方法和装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2021年12月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111571813.2、申请名称为“通信方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application with application number 202111571813.2 and application title "Communication Method and Apparatus" filed with the China Patent Office on December 21, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域，具体地，涉及一种通信方法和装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
多接入边缘计算(multi-access edge computing，MEC)联盟(federation)是指将属于多个移动网络运营商(mobile network operator，MNO)的MEC平台之间组成一个联盟。MEC federation支持运营商之间资源的共享、协调等操作。应用服务提供商(application service provider，ASP)的边缘应用可以部署在MEC federation中某些运营商平台中，且该边缘应用可以被接入该联盟的其他运营商平台的终端用户访问。Multi-access edge computing (MEC) federation refers to the formation of a federation between MEC platforms belonging to multiple mobile network operators (MNOs). MEC federation supports resource sharing and coordination among operators. The edge application of the application service provider (ASP) can be deployed on some operator platforms in the MEC federation, and the edge application can be accessed by end users of other operator platforms connected to the federation.
其中，提供边缘应用的边缘应用服务器(edge application server，EAS)的发现可以通过域名***(domain name system，DNS)技术实现，具体包括：边缘计算中引入边缘应用服务器发现功能(edge application server discovery function，EASDF)网元，EASDF可以根据会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元发送的DNS消息处理规则上报DNS消息通知，并接收SMF构建的DNS扩展机制的客户端子网(extension mechanisms for DNS client subnet，ECS)选项(option)信息；EASDF基于DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息生成ECS option，并将添加了该ECS option的DNS消息发送至本地DNS服务器(DNS server)或中心DNS server进行服务发现，其中，该ECS option信息可以由SMF根据边缘应用的部署信息确定。Among them, the discovery of the edge application server (edge application server, EAS) that provides edge applications can be realized through domain name system (domain name system, DNS) technology, specifically including: the introduction of edge application server discovery function (edge application server discovery function) in edge computing , EASDF) network element, EASDF can report DNS message notification according to the DNS message processing rules sent by the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, and receive the client subnet of the DNS extension mechanism built by SMF (extension mechanisms for DNS client subnet, ECS) option information; EASDF generates ECS option based on the client subnet option information of the DNS extension mechanism, and sends the DNS message with the ECS option added to the local DNS server (DNS server) or central DNS server for service It is found that the ECS option information can be determined by the SMF according to the deployment information of the edge application.
在MEC federation部署的场景中，MNO之间的边缘应用的部署信息可能不是互通的，从而无法确定合适的ECS option信息。In the MEC federation deployment scenario, the deployment information of edge applications between MNOs may not be interoperable, so that it is impossible to determine the appropriate ECS option information.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和装置，会话管理网元可以确定合适的DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息以进行MNO之间的服务发现过程。The present application provides a communication method and device, the session management network element can determine the client subnet option information of the appropriate DNS extension mechanism to perform the service discovery process between MNOs.
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：会话管理网元接收域名***DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息包括第一全限定域名，该第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名；该会话管理网元根据该DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；其中，该第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，该第一信息还包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全限定域名。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, the method includes: a session management network element receives a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query A fully qualified domain name; the session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, the The first information further includes second information corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，会话管理网元可以根据接收的终端设备查询的全限定域名以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，其中，该第一信息包括移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括终端设备查询的全限定域名。或者说，该会话管理网元可以根据该第一信息确定该终端设备查询的全域名限定对应的第一移动网络运营商，继而确定与该第一移动网络运营商相关的第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，以进行MNO之间的服务发现过程。According to the method provided in the embodiment of this application, the session management network element can determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the received fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device and the first information, wherein the first information includes the mobile network The identification information of the operator, and the second information corresponding to the identification information of the mobile network operator, where the second information includes a fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device. In other words, the session management network element may determine the first mobile network operator corresponding to the full domain name queried by the terminal device according to the first information, and then determine the first DNS extension mechanism related to the first mobile network operator Client subnet option information for service discovery process between MNOs.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收来自应用功能网元的该第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the session management network element receives the first information from the application function network element.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一全限定域名以及该第一信息确定该第一移动网络运营商；该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the session management network element determines the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information; the session management network element determines the first mobile network operator according to the first The network deployment information between a mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一全限定域名以及该第一信息确定该第一移动网络运营商的数据网络接入标识；该第一信息包括数据网络接入标识信息，该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商的数据网络接入标识确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the session management network element determines the data network access identifier of the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information; the second The information includes data network access identification information, the session management network element is based on the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs, and the first mobile network The operator's data network access identifier determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the session management network element determines the second mobile network operator according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator Protocol data unit PDU session anchor in the operator, where the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该会话管理网元根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识；该会话管理网元根据该第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点属于该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; An IP address of an edge application server determines a first data network access identifier; the session management network element determines a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the session management network element The second mobile network operator it belongs to, the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该第二信息还可以包括该数据网络接入标识与边缘应用服务器的互联网协议IP地址的对应关系信息，该会话管理网元根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址以及该第二信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识，该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识为该第一数据网络接入标识，该第一数据网络接入标识属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the second information may further include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the session management network element according to the The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier , the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据配置信息以及该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定该第一数据网络接入标识，该配置信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系，该第一数据网络接入标识对应的数据网络属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the session management network element determines the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first The identification information of the mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一数据网络接入标识确定该PDU会话锚点。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the session management network element is based on network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network The access identifier determines the session anchor of the PDU.
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：会话管理网元接收域名***DNS查 询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息包括第一全限定域名，该第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名；该会话管理网元根据该DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；其中，该第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，该第二全限定域名包括该第一全限定域名。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, the method includes: a session management network element receives a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query A fully qualified domain name; the session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein, the first information includes the second fully qualified domain name and the second DNS extension mechanism The corresponding relationship of the client subnet option information, the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
需要说明的是，该第一全限定域名可以是当前移动网络运营商(会话管理网元所属的移动网络运营商)的全限定域名或第一移动网络运营商中的全限定域名，该第一移动网络运营商与会话管理网元所属的移动网络运营商不同。It should be noted that the first fully qualified domain name may be the fully qualified domain name of the current mobile network operator (the mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs) or the fully qualified domain name of the first mobile network operator. The mobile network operator is different from the mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，会话管理网元接收终端设备查询的全限定域名，该会话管理网元可以根据第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，确定该终端设备查询的全限定域名对应的第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，以进行MNO之间的服务发现过程。该第一全限定域名可以是当前移动网络运营商(会话管理网元所属的移动网络运营商)的全限定域名或其他移动网络运营商中的全限定域名；或者说，第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息可以是与当前移动网络运营商相关的DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，或者是与其他移动网络运营商相关的DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the session management network element receives the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, and the session management network element can, according to the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, Determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism corresponding to the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, so as to perform a service discovery process between MNOs. The first fully qualified domain name may be the fully qualified domain name of the current mobile network operator (the mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs) or the fully qualified domain name of other mobile network operators; or in other words, the first DNS extension mechanism The client subnet option information may be the client subnet option information of the DNS extension mechanism related to the current mobile network operator, or the client subnet option information of the DNS extension mechanism related to other mobile network operators.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收来自应用功能网元的该第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the session management network element receives the first information from the application function network element.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该第一信息包括该第二全限定域名，位置区域信息和该第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，该会话管理网元根据该终端设备的位置区域信息，该第一全限定域名以及该第一信息确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name, location area information, and client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, and the session The management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the location area information of the terminal device, the first fully qualified domain name and the first information.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该会话管理网元根据配置信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器归属于该第一移动网络运营商，该配置信息包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息与IP地址的对应关系。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; the session management network element according to the configuration information It is determined that the first edge application server belongs to the first mobile network operator, and the configuration information includes a correspondence between identification information of the first mobile network operator and an IP address.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the session management network element determines the second mobile network operator according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator A protocol data unit PDU session anchor point in the provider, and the PDU session anchor point is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收该DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该会话管理网元根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识；该会话管理网元根据该第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点属于该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the session management network element receives the DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; the session management network element receives the DNS response report message according to the IP address of the first edge application server; The IP address of the first edge application server determines the first data network access identifier; the session management network element determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the session management network The second mobile network operator to which the cell belongs, and the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该配置信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系，该第一数据网络接入标识对应的数据网络属于该第一移动网络运营商；具体地，该会话管理网元根据该配置信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识为该第一数据网络接入标识，该第一数据网络接入标识属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the configuration information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, and the first data network access identifier The corresponding data network belongs to the first mobile network operator; specifically, the session management network element determines, according to the configuration information, that the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier, and the The first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络 运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息,以及该第一数据网络接入标识确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the session management network element, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network The access identifier determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point in the second mobile network operator.
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：应用功能网元向会话管理网元发送第一信息，以使该会话管理网元根据该第一信息确定终端设备查询的全限定域名对应的第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；其中，该第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，该第一信息还包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全限定域名；和/或，该第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，该第二全限定域名包括该第一全限定域名。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, the method includes: an application function network element sends first information to a session management network element, so that the session management network element determines the corresponding fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device according to the first information The client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism; wherein, the first information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first information also includes the second corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator. Information, the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name; and/or, the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, the second fully qualified domain name Include the first fully qualified domain name.
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：边缘应用服务发现功能网元接收终端设备发送的DNS查询消息，该DNS查询消息包括第一全限定域名；该边缘应用服务发现功能网元根据DNS处理规则确定该第一全限定域名对应的移动网络运营商为该第一移动网络运营商，该DNS处理规则包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全域名限定；该边缘应用服务发现功能网元向该会话管理网元发送DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, the method comprising: an edge application service discovery function network element receives a DNS query message sent by a terminal device, the DNS query message includes a first fully qualified domain name; the edge application service discovery function network element According to DNS processing rules, it is determined that the mobile network operator corresponding to the first fully qualified domain name is the first mobile network operator. The DNS processing rules include the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first mobile network operator corresponds to The second information includes the first full domain name definition; the edge application service discovery function network element sends a DNS query report message to the session management network element, and the DNS query report message carries the first mobile network operator identification information.
根据本申请提供的通信方法，边缘应用服务发现功能网元可以根据DNS处理规则确定终端设备查询的全限定域名对应的移动网元运营商的标识信息，该边缘应用服务发现功能网元可以通过DNS查询上报消息向会话管理网元发送该终端设备查询的全限定域名对应的移动网络运营商的标识信息，进而可以使得该会话管理网元确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，以进行MNO之间的服务发现过程。According to the communication method provided by this application, the edge application service discovery function network element can determine the identification information of the mobile network element operator corresponding to the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device according to the DNS processing rules, and the edge application service discovery function network element can use the DNS The query report message sends the identification information of the mobile network operator corresponding to the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device to the session management network element, so that the session management network element can determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism to perform Service discovery process between MNOs.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实施方式中，该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息用于该会话管理网元确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some embodiments of the fourth aspect, the identification information of the first mobile network operator is used by the session management network element to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实施方式中，该边缘应用服务发现功能网元接收来自该会话管理网元的该DNS处理规则。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the edge application service discovery function network element receives the DNS processing rule from the session management network element.
第五方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：会话管理网元接收来自边缘应用服务发现功能网元的DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息；该会话管理网元根据该DNS查询上报消息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, the method comprising: a session management network element receives a DNS query report message from an edge application service discovery function network element, and the DNS query report message carries identification information of the first mobile network operator ; The session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息根据DNS处理规则确定，该方法还包括：该会话管理网元向该边缘应用服务发现功能网元发送该DNS处理规则，该DNS处理规则包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括第一全限定域名，该第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the identification information of the first mobile network operator is determined according to DNS processing rules, and the method further includes: the session management network element sends the edge application service discovery function network Yuan sends the DNS processing rule, the DNS processing rule includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name, the first The fully qualified domain name is the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收来自应用功能网元的第一信息，该会话管理网元根据该第一信息确定该DNS处理规则，该第一信息包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商对应的该第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全限定域名。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the session management network element receives first information from the application function network element, and the session management network element determines the DNS processing rule according to the first information, and the first information The information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator and the second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, where the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该DNS查询上报消息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息包括：该会话管理网元根据该第一 移动网络运营商的标识信息获得该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息；并根据该网络部署信息，确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the session management network element determining the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message includes: the session management network element according to the first The identification information of the mobile network operator obtains network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs; and determines the first DNS extension mechanism according to the network deployment information Client subnet option information for .
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息获得该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息；并根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the session management network element obtains the first mobile network operator and the session management network according to the identification information of the first mobile network operator. The network deployment information between the second mobile network operator to which the element belongs; and according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, determine the Protocol data unit PDU session anchor, where the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该会话管理网元根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识；该会话管理网元根据该第一数据网络接入标识用于确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点属于该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; The IP address of an edge application server determines the first data network access identifier; the session management network element is used to determine the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the session management The second mobile network operator to which the network element belongs, and the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal equipment.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该第二信息还可以包括该数据网络接入标识与边缘应用服务器的互联网协议IP地址的对应关系信息，该会话管理网元根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址以及该第二信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识，该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识为该第一数据网络接入标识，该第一数据网络接入标识属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the second information may further include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the session management network element according to the The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier , the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据配置信息以及该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定该第一数据网络接入标识，该配置信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系，该第一数据网络接入标识对应的数据网络属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the session management network element determines the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first The identification information of the mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实施方式中，该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一数据网络接入标识确定该PDU会话锚点。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the session management network element is based on the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network The access identifier determines the session anchor of the PDU.
第六方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括收发单元，用于接收域名***DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息包括第一全限定域名，该第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名；处理单元，用于根据该DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；其中，该第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，该第一信息还包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全限定域名。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a transceiver unit for receiving a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query A fully qualified domain name; a processing unit, configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, the The first information further includes second information corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name.
根据本申请实施例提供的装置，处理单元可以根据接收的终端设备查询的全限定域名以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，其中，该第一信息包括移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括终端设备查询的全限定域名。或者说，该处理单元可以根据该第一信息确定该终端设备查询的全域名限定对应的第一移动网络运营商，继而确定与该第一移动网络运营商相关的第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，以进行MNO之间的服务发现过程。According to the apparatus provided in the embodiment of this application, the processing unit can determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the received fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device and the first information, wherein the first information includes the mobile network operator The identification information of the mobile network operator, and the second information corresponding to the identification information of the mobile network operator, where the second information includes the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device. In other words, the processing unit may determine, according to the first information, the first mobile network operator corresponding to the full domain name queried by the terminal device, and then determine the client subdomain of the first DNS extension mechanism related to the first mobile network operator. Network option information for the service discovery process between MNOs.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元具体用于接收来自应用功能网元的该第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first information from an application function network element.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一全限定域名以及该第一信息确定该第一移动网络运营商；根据该第一移动网络运营商和该装置所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information; The network deployment information between the provider and the second mobile network operator to which the device belongs, and determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实施方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一全限定域名以及该第一信息确定该第一移动网络运营商的数据网络接入标识，该第一信息包括数据网络接入标识信息；根据该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商的数据网络接入标识确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some embodiments of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the data network access identifier of the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information, the The first information includes data network access identification information; according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs, and the data of the first mobile network operator The network access identifier determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, that the second mobile A protocol data unit (PDU) session anchor point in a network operator, where the PDU session anchor point is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该处理单元还用于根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识；该处理单元还用于根据该第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点属于该装置所属的第二移动网络运营商，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; The IP address of the first edge application server determines a first data network access identifier; the processing unit is further configured to determine a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the device The second mobile network operator it belongs to, the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第二信息还可以包括该数据网络接入标识与边缘应用服务器的互联网协议IP地址的对应关系信息，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址以及该第二信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识，该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识为该第一数据网络接入标识，该第一数据网络接入标识属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the second information may also include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the processing unit is specifically configured to The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access ID, the first data network access ID belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据配置信息以及该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定该第一数据网络接入标识，该配置信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系，该第一数据网络接入标识对应的数据网络属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first A correspondence between identification information of a mobile network operator, a data network access identifier and an IP address, and the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一数据网络接入标识确定该PDU会话锚点。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data The network access identifier determines the PDU session anchor.
第七方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发单元，用于接收域名***DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息包括第一全限定域名，该第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名；处理单元，用于根据该DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；其中，该第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，该第二全限定域名包括该第一全限定域名。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a terminal device query The fully qualified domain name; the processing unit is configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information; wherein the first information includes the second fully qualified domain name and the second DNS extension The corresponding relationship of the client subnet option information of the mechanism, the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
需要说明的是，该第一全限定域名可以是当前移动网络运营商的全限定域名或第一移动网络运营商中的全限定域名，该第一移动网络运营商与当前移动网络运营商不同。It should be noted that the first fully qualified domain name may be the fully qualified domain name of the current mobile network operator or the fully qualified domain name of the first mobile network operator, and the first mobile network operator is different from the current mobile network operator.
根据本申请实施例提供的装置，该收发单元接收终端设备查询的全限定域名，该处理单元可以根据第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，确定该终端设备查询的全限定域名对应的第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息，以 进行MNO之间的服务发现过程。According to the device provided in the embodiment of the present application, the transceiver unit receives the fully qualified domain name queried by the terminal device, and the processing unit can determine the terminal according to the corresponding relationship between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism The fully qualified domain name queried by the device corresponds to the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism, so as to perform a service discovery process between MNOs.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元具体用于接收来自应用功能网元的该第一信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first information from an application function network element.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信息包括该第二全限定域名，位置区域信息和该第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，该处理单元具体用于根据该终端设备的位置区域信息，该第一全限定域名以及该第一信息确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name, the location area information, and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, and the processing The unit is specifically configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the location area information of the terminal device, the first fully qualified domain name and the first information.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该处理单元还用于根据配置信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器归属于该第一移动网络运营商，该配置信息包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息与IP地址的对应关系。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; The configuration information determines that the first edge application server belongs to the first mobile network operator, and the configuration information includes a correspondence between identification information of the first mobile network operator and an IP address.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the second mobile network operator according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator. Protocol data unit PDU session anchor in the operator, where the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于接收该DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该处理单元还用于根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识；该处理单元还用于根据该第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点属于该装置所属的第二移动网络运营商，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive the DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; the processing unit is also configured to Determine the first data network access identifier according to the IP address of the first edge application server; the processing unit is also configured to determine a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the The second mobile network operator to which the device belongs, and the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该配置信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系，该第一数据网络接入标识对应的数据网络属于该第一移动网络运营商；该处理单元具体用于根据该配置信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识为该第一数据网络接入标识，该第一数据网络接入标识属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the configuration information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, the corresponding relationship between the data network access identifier and the IP address, and the first data network access identifier The corresponding data network belongs to the first mobile network operator; the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the configuration information, that the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access identifier, and the first The data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息,以及该第一数据网络接入标识确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data The network access identifier determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point in the second mobile network operator.
第八方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发单元，用于向会话管理网元发送第一信息，以使该会话管理网元根据该第一信息确定终端设备查询的全限定域名对应的第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；其中，该第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，该第一信息还包括该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全限定域名；和/或，该第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，该第二全限定域名包括该第一全限定域名。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send first information to a session management network element, so that the session management network element determines a fully qualified domain name queried by a terminal device according to the first information The client subnet option information of the corresponding first DNS extension mechanism; wherein, the first information includes the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first information also includes the first mobile network operator’s identification information corresponding to the first Two information, the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name; and/or, the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, the second fully qualified The domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
第九方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发单元，用于接收终端设备发送的DNS查询消息，该DNS查询消息包括第一全限定域名；处理单元，用于根据DNS处理规则确定该第一全限定域名对应的移动网络运营商为该第一移动网络运营商，该DNS处理规则包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一全域名限定；该收发单元还用于向该会话管理网元发送DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a DNS query message sent by a terminal device, where the DNS query message includes a first fully qualified domain name; a processing unit, configured to determine the domain name according to DNS processing rules The mobile network operator corresponding to the first fully qualified domain name is the first mobile network operator, and the DNS processing rule includes identification information of the first mobile network operator and second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, The second information includes the first full domain name definition; the transceiving unit is further configured to send a DNS query report message to the session management network element, and the DNS query report message carries identification information of the first mobile network operator.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息用于该会话管理网元确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the ninth aspect, in some implementation manners of the ninth aspect, the identification information of the first mobile network operator is used by the session management network element to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元具体用于接收来自该会话管理网元的该DNS处理规则。With reference to the ninth aspect, in some implementation manners of the ninth aspect, the transceiving unit is specifically configured to receive the DNS processing rule from the session management network element.
第十方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发单元，用于接收来自边缘应用服务发现功能网元的DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息；处理单元，用于根据该DNS查询上报消息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a DNS query report message from a network element with an edge application service discovery function, where the DNS query report message carries an identifier of the first mobile network operator Information; a processing unit, configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实施方式中，该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息根据DNS处理规则确定，该收发单元还用于向该边缘应用服务发现功能网元发送该DNS处理规则，该DNS处理规则包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及该第一移动网络运营商对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括第一全限定域名，该第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementations of the tenth aspect, the identification information of the first mobile network operator is determined according to DNS processing rules, and the transceiver unit is further configured to send the DNS to the edge application service discovery function network element. A processing rule, the DNS processing rule includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, and second information corresponding to the first mobile network operator, the second information includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is The fully qualified domain name that the terminal device queries.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于该会话管理网元根据该DNS查询上报消息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息包括：该会话管理网元根据该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息获得该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息；并根据该网络部署信息，确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementations of the tenth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured for the session management network element to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message, including: the session management The network element obtains network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs according to the identification information of the first mobile network operator; and determines according to the network deployment information Client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元具体用于根据该第一移动网络运营商的标识信息获得该第一移动网络运营商和该会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息；并根据该网络部署信息，确定该第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementation manners of the tenth aspect, the transceiving unit is specifically configured to obtain the first mobile network operator and the first mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs according to the identification information of the first mobile network operator. 2. Network deployment information between mobile network operators; and according to the network deployment information, determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元还用于根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定该第二移动网络运营商中的协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementation manners of the tenth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, that the second mobile A protocol data unit (PDU) session anchor point in a network operator, where the PDU session anchor point is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；该处理单元还用于根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识，根据该第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，该PDU会话锚点属于该装置所属的第二移动网络运营商，该PDU会话锚点用于传输该终端设备的业务流。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementation manners of the tenth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server; The IP address of the first edge application server determines the first data network access identifier, and determines the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the second mobile network to which the device belongs. For the operator, the PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该第二信息还可以包括该数据网络接入标识与边缘应用服务器的互联网协议IP地址的对应关系信息，该处理单元还用于根据该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址以及该第二信息确定该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识，该第一边缘应用服务器对应的数据网络接入标识为该第一数据网络接入标识，该第一数据网络接入标识属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementation manners of the tenth aspect, the second information may further include information about the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the processing unit is further configured to The IP address of the first edge application server and the second information determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server, and the data network access identifier corresponding to the first edge application server is the first data network access ID, the first data network access ID belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元具体用于根据配置信息以及该第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定该第一数据网络接入标识，该配置信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系，该第一数据网络接入标识对应的数据网络属于该第一移动网络运营商。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementation manners of the tenth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first data network access identifier according to configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, where the configuration information includes the first A correspondence between identification information of a mobile network operator, a data network access identifier and an IP address, and the data network corresponding to the first data network access identifier belongs to the first mobile network operator.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元还用于根据该第一移动网络运营商与该第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一数据网络接入标识确定该PDU会话锚点。With reference to the tenth aspect, in some implementation manners of the tenth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to, according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data The network access identifier determines the PDU session anchor.
第十一方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第一方面或第二方面或第五方面中任意可能的实现方式中会话管理网元的功能。可选地，该装置还包括存储器。可选地，该装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to realize the function of the session management network element in any possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the fifth aspect. Optionally, the device further includes a memory. Optionally, the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中，该装置为会话管理网元。当该装置为会话管理网元时，该通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the device is a session management network element. When the device is a session management network element, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中，该装置为配置于会话管理网元中的芯片。当该装置为配置于会话管理网元中的芯片时，该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the device is a chip configured in a session management network element. When the device is a chip configured in a session management network element, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地，所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第十二方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第三方面中应用功能网元的功能。可选地，该装置还包括存储器。可选地，该装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device including a processor is provided. The processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to realize the function of the application function network element in the above third aspect. Optionally, the device further includes a memory. Optionally, the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中，该装置为应用功能网元。当该装置为应用功能网元时，该通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the device is an application function network element. When the device is an application function network element, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中，该装置为配置于应用功能网元中的芯片。当该装置为配置于应用功能网元中的芯片时，该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the device is a chip configured in an application function network element. When the device is a chip configured in an application function network element, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地，所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第四方面以及第四方面任一种可能的实现方式中边缘应用服务发现功能网元的功能。可选地，该装置还包括存储器。可选地，该装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device including a processor is provided. The processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the fourth aspect and the function of the edge application service discovery function network element in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect. Optionally, the device further includes a memory. Optionally, the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中，该装置为边缘应用服务发现功能网元。当该装置为边缘应用服务发现功能网元时，该通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the device is an edge application service discovery function network element. When the device is an edge application service discovery function network element, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中，该装置为配置于边缘应用服务发现功能网元中的芯片。当该装置为配置于边缘应用服务发现功能网元中的芯片时，该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the device is a chip configured in a network element with an edge application service discovery function. When the device is a chip configured in a network element with an edge application service discovery function, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地，所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第十四方面，提供了一种处理器，包括：输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号，并通过所述输出电路发射信号，使得所述处理器执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面或任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or any one of the possible aspects method in the implementation.
在具体实现过程中，上述处理器可以为芯片，输入电路可以为输入管脚，输出电路可以为输出管脚，处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的，输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的，且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电 路，该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor can be a chip, the input circuit can be an input pin, the output circuit can be an output pin, and the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver, the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output The circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第十五方面，提供了一种装置，包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令，并可通过接收器接收信号，通过发射器发射信号，以执行第一方面至第五方面中任一方面或者任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through the receiver and transmit signals through the transmitter, so as to execute any one of the first to fifth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects method in .
可选地，所述处理器为一个或多个，所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地，所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起，或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be set separately from the processor.
在具体实现过程中，存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器，例如只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)，其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上，也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上，本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
应理解，相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程，接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地，处理输出的数据可以输出给发射器，处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中，发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that a related data interaction process such as sending indication information may be a process of outputting indication information from a processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information from a processor. In particular, processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and input data received by the processor may be from the receiver. Wherein, the transmitter and the receiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
上述第十五方面中的装置可以是芯片，该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现，当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现，该存储器可以集成在处理器中，可以位于该处理器之外，独立存在。The device in the fifteenth aspect above can be a chip, and the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor can be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software In this case, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory. The memory may be integrated in the processor, or it may be located outside the processor and exist independently.
第十六方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当所述计算机程序被运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面或任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect to A method in any one of the fifth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
第十七方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面或任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), and when it is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the above-mentioned first aspect to the method in any one of the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of any one aspect.
第十八方面，提供了一种芯片***，包括处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片***的设备执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面或任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, there is provided a system-on-a-chip, including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the system-on-a-chip executes any one of the first to fifth aspects or any one of the above-mentioned aspects. A method in any one of the possible implementations of the aspect.
第十九方面，提供了一种通信***，所述***包括如第一方面或第二方面或第三方面任一方面或任一方面任一种可能实现方式中的会话管理网元、边缘应用服务发现功能网元、终端设备，以及应用功能网元中的一个或多个。A nineteenth aspect provides a communication system, the system includes a session management network element and an edge application as in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of any aspect One or more of a service discovery function network element, a terminal device, and an application function network element.
第二十方面，提供了一种通信***，所述***包括如第四方面或第五方面任一方面或任一方面或任一方面任一种可能实现方式中的会话管理网元、边缘应用服务发现功能网元、终端设备，以及应用功能网元中的一个或多个。In a twentieth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the system includes a session management network element and an edge application according to any aspect of the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect, or any aspect, or any possible implementation manner of any aspect One or more of a service discovery function network element, a terminal device, and an application function network element.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例适用的***架构图。FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例边缘业务架构示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an edge service architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例适用的场景示意图Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the scene where the embodiment of the present application is applicable
图4是本申请提供的通信方法400的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 400 provided in this application.
图5是本申请提供的通信方法500的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 500 provided in this application.
图6是本申请提供的通信方法600的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 600 provided in this application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请另一实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片***的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提及的无线通信***包括但不限于：全球移动通信(global system of mobile communication，GSM)***、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)***、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、LTE***、先进的长期演进(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)***、下一代通信***(例如，6G通信***)、多种接入***的融合***，或演进***。The wireless communication systems mentioned in the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited to: global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system , LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), LTE system, advanced long-term evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) system, next-generation communication system (for example, 6G communication system), integration of multiple access systems system, or evolved system.
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication，MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution-machine，LTE-M)、设备到设备(device to device，D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things，IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中，IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中，车联网***中的通信方式统称为车到其他设备(vehicle to X，V2X，X可以代表任何事物)，例如，该V2X可以包括：车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)通信，车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure，V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian，V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network，V2N)通信等。The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-machine communication long-term evolution technology (Long Term Evolution-machine, LTE-M), device to device (device to device, D2D) network , machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) network, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) network or other networks. Wherein, the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle and Infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) or vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc.
图1是适用于本申请的一例无线通信***架构的示意性框图，如图所示，该***架构具体可以包括下列网元：FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a wireless communication system architecture applicable to the present application. As shown in the figure, the system architecture may specifically include the following network elements:
1、(无线)接入网((radio)access network，(R)AN)：基于无线通信技术实现接入网络功能的接入网可以称为无线接入网。无线接入网能够管理无线资源，为终端提供接入服务，进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端和核心网之间的转发。1. (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN): An access network that implements access network functions based on wireless communication technology can be called a radio access network. The wireless access network can manage wireless resources, provide access services for terminals, and complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between terminals and the core network.
本申请所涉及的无线接入网设备可以是具有无线收发功能的设备。该无线接入网设备可以是提供无线通信功能服务的设备，通常位于网络侧，包括但不限于：第五代(5th generation，5G)通信***中的下一代基站(gNodeB，gNB)、第六代(6th generation，6G)移动通信***中的下一代基站、未来移动通信***中的基站或WiFi***中的接入节点等，LTE***中的演进型节点B(evolved node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)等。在一种网络结构中，该接入网设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备、或者控制面CU节点和用户面CU节点，以及DU节 点的RAN设备。接入网设备为小区提供服务，用户设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与基站进行通信，该小区可以是基站(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。无线接入网设备可以是宏基站，也可以是微基站或室内站，还可以是中继节点或施主节点，V2X通信***中的为用户设备提供无线通信服务的设备、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、中继站、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来演进网络中的网络设备等。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和设备具体形态不做限定。The wireless access network device involved in this application may be a device with a wireless transceiver function. The wireless access network device may be a device that provides wireless communication function services, and is usually located on the network side, including but not limited to: a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a fifth-generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, a sixth-generation The next generation base station in the 6th generation (6G) mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, etc., the evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB) in the LTE system, wireless Network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), etc. In a network structure, the access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU Node and user plane CU node, and RAN equipment of DU node. The access network device provides services for the cell, and the user equipment communicates with the base station through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell may be a cell corresponding to the base station (for example, a base station). It can belong to a macro base station, or it can belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here can include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, and a femto cell ( Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services. The wireless access network device can be a macro base station, a micro base station or an indoor station, or a relay node or a donor node, a device that provides wireless communication services for user equipment in a V2X communication system, a cloud wireless access network ( Cloud radio access network (CRAN) wireless controllers, relay stations, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, and network devices in future evolution networks. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology adopted by the radio access network device and the specific form of the device.
2、用户面功能网元(user plane function，UPF)：可用于分组路由和转发、或用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service，QoS)处理等。用户数据可通过该网元接入到数据网络(data network，DN)。2. User plane function (UPF): It can be used for packet routing and forwarding, or quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data. User data can be accessed to a data network (data network, DN) through this network element.
3、数据网络(data network，DN)：用于提供传输数据的网络。3. Data network (data network, DN): used to provide a network for transmitting data.
4、接入和移动性管理功能网元(access and mobility management function，AMF)：用于移动性管理和接入管理等，可以用于实现移动性管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能，例如，合法监听、或接入授权/鉴权等功能。4. Access and mobility management function network element (access and mobility management function, AMF): used for mobility management and access management, etc., can be used to implement mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) functions except Functions other than session management, such as lawful interception or access authorization/authentication.
5、会话管理功能网元(session management function，SMF)：主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol，IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。5. Session management function network element (session management function, SMF): mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging The endpoint of the functional interface and the notification of downlink data, etc.
6、网络开放网元(network exposure function，NEF)：主要用于安全地向外部开放由第三代合作伙伴计划(3GPP)网络功能提供的业务和能力等。6. Network exposure function (NEF): It is mainly used to safely open the services and capabilities provided by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) network function to the outside.
7、策略控制网元(policy control function，PCF)：用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架，为控制平面功能网元(例如AMF，SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。7. Policy control function (PCF): A unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
8、应用功能网元(application function，AF)：用于进行应用影响的数据路由，接入网络开放功能网元，与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。8. Application function network element (Application function, AF): It is used for data routing influenced by the application, accessing network opening function network elements, and interacting with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
另外，上述网络架构还包括网络切片选择功能网元(network slice selection function，NSSF)，用于管理网络切片相关的信息；网络存储功能网元(network repository function，NRF)，用于保存网络功能实体以及其提供服务的描述信息，以及支持服务发现，网元实体发现等功能。In addition, the above network architecture also includes a network slice selection function (NSSF), which is used to manage information related to network slices; a network repository function (NRF), which is used to store network functional entities And the description information of the services it provides, as well as supporting functions such as service discovery and network element entity discovery.
在该网络架构中，N2接口为RAN和AMF网元的接口，用于非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)消息的发送等；N3接口为RAN和UPF网元之间的接口，用于传输用户面的数据等；N4接口为SMF网元和UPF网元之间的接口，用于传输例如N3连接的隧道标识信息，数据缓存指示信息，以及下行数据通知消息等信息。In this network architecture, the N2 interface is the interface between the RAN and the AMF network element, and is used for sending non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) messages, etc.; the N3 interface is the interface between the RAN and the UPF network element, used The N4 interface is the interface between the SMF network element and the UPF network element, and is used to transmit such information as the tunnel identification information of the N3 connection, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification messages.
可以理解的是，上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。It can be understood that the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
为方便说明，本申请后续，以接入管理功能网元为AMF网元，会话管理网元为SMF网元，策略控制网元为PCF网元为例进行说明。For the convenience of description, in the follow-up of this application, the access management function network element is an AMF network element, the session management network element is an SMF network element, and the policy control network element is a PCF network element for example.
进一步地，AMF网元可以简称为AMF，SMF网元可以简称为SMF，PCF网元可以简称为PCF。即本申请后续所描述的AMF均可替换为接入管理功能网元，SMF均可替换为会话管理网元，PCF均可替换为策略控制网元。Further, the AMF network element may be referred to as AMF for short, the SMF network element may be referred to as SMF for short, and the PCF network element may be referred to as PCF for short. That is, the AMF described later in this application can be replaced by an access management function network element, the SMF can be replaced by a session management network element, and the PCF can be replaced by a policy control network element.
为方便说明，本申请以装置为AMF实体、SMF实体、PCF实体为例，对用于信息传输的方法进行说明，对于装置为AMF实体内的芯片、SMF实体内的芯片或为PCF实体内的芯片的实现方法，可参考装置分别为AMF实体、SMF实体、PCF实体的具体说明，不再重复介绍。For the convenience of description, this application takes the device as an example of an AMF entity, an SMF entity, and a PCF entity to describe the method for information transmission. For a device that is a chip in an AMF entity, a chip in an SMF entity, or a chip in a PCF entity For the implementation method of the chip, refer to the specific descriptions of the devices being the AMF entity, the SMF entity, and the PCF entity, and the introduction will not be repeated.
在图1所示的网络架构中，UE通过N1接口与AMF连接，RAN通过N2接口与AMF连接，RAN通过N3接口与UPF连接。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1, the UE is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface, the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface, and the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface.
UPF之间通过N9接口连接，UPF通过N6接口与数据网络(data network，DN)互联。The UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPF is interconnected with the data network (data network, DN) through the N6 interface.
SMF通过N4接口控制UPF。The SMF controls the UPF through the N4 interface.
图1中N1、N2、N3、N4等为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见目前标准协议中定义的含义，在此不做限制。In Figure 1, N1, N2, N3, N4, etc. are interface serial numbers. The meanings of these interface serial numbers may refer to the meanings defined in the current standard protocol, and there is no limitation here.
应理解，上述应用于本申请实施例的网络架构仅是举例说明的从传统点到点的架构和服务化架构的角度描述的网络架构，适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此，任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiment of the present application is only an example of a network architecture described from the perspective of a traditional point-to-point architecture and a service-oriented architecture, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Any network architecture capable of implementing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to this embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了本申请实施例应用的***架构或场景示意图，该***也可以看作是在上述网络架构中可以引入对边缘计算(edge computing，EC)的支持。FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a system architecture or a scenario of an application of an embodiment of the present application. The system can also be regarded as a support for edge computing (EC) that can be introduced into the above-mentioned network architecture.
为了便于理解本申请的技术方案，首先对协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话(session)做简单的介绍。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solution of the present application, a brief introduction is first made to a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (session).
一个PDU会话是指一个用户设备UE与数据网络DN之间进行通信的过程，PDU会话建立后，也就是建立了一条UE和DN的数据传输通道。每个PDU会话支持一个PDU会话类型(例如：IPv4、IPv6、IPv4v6、以太网(Ethenet)、非结构化(Unstructured)。一个PDU会话可以拥有多个PDU会话锚点(anchor)，为了支持到DN的可选择路由功能和支持业务和会话连续性(service and session continuity，SSC)模式(mode)3，SMF可以控制PDU会话的数据路由，使得这个PDU会话可以同时有多个N6接口，每个N6接口的UPF可以称为PDU会话锚点(PDU session anchor，PSA)。单PDU会话的多PSA可以有以下两种实现方式：A PDU session refers to a communication process between a user equipment UE and a data network DN. After the PDU session is established, a data transmission channel between the UE and the DN is established. Each PDU session supports a PDU session type (for example: IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6, Ethernet (Ethenet), Unstructured (Unstructured). A PDU session can have multiple PDU session anchors (anchor), in order to support the DN The optional routing function and support for service and session continuity (service and session continuity, SSC) mode (mode) 3, SMF can control the data routing of the PDU session, so that the PDU session can have multiple N6 interfaces at the same time, each N6 The UPF of the interface can be called the PDU session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA). The multi-PSA of a single PDU session can be implemented in the following two ways:
方式一：在一个PDU会话中使用上行分类器(uplink classifier，UL CL)。Method 1: Use an uplink classifier (uplink classifier, UL CL) in a PDU session.
SMF可以在PDU会话的数据传输路径中***一个上行分类器“UL CL”，“UL CL”功能可以在UPF中提供，其目的是将满足业务过滤规则的数据包转发到指定的路径去，类似于路由表的作用。***和删除“UL CL”是由SMF控制的，SMF可以通过N4接口对UPF进行操作，当然SMF也要看UPF的能力，即UPF是否支持“UL CL”。当一个“UL CL”被***到一条PDU会话数据通道中时，这条PDU会话就有了多个PSA，这些PSA提供接入同一个DN的多条不同的路径。“UL CL”的功能是将上行业务数据按照过滤器的要求转发到不同的PSA，将该UE的多个PSA下来的下行数据进行合并。SMF can insert an uplink classifier "UL CL" in the data transmission path of the PDU session. The "UL CL" function can be provided in the UPF. Its purpose is to forward the data packets that meet the service filtering rules to the specified path, similar to The role of the routing table. The insertion and deletion of "UL CL" is controlled by SMF. SMF can operate UPF through N4 interface. Of course, SMF also depends on the capability of UPF, that is, whether UPF supports "UL CL". When a "UL CL" is inserted into a PDU session data channel, this PDU session has multiple PSAs, and these PSAs provide multiple different paths to access the same DN. The function of "UL CL" is to forward the uplink business data to different PSAs according to the requirements of the filter, and combine the downlink data from multiple PSAs of the UE.
图2可以看作是一个PDU会话拥有两个PSA的场景。上行分类器(UL CL)插在N3接口终结点的UPF上，锚点(PSA1)和锚点(PAS2)终结在N6接口，上行分类器 UPF和锚点UPF之间通过N9接口传输。Figure 2 can be seen as a scenario where a PDU session has two PSAs. The uplink classifier (UL CL) is inserted on the UPF at the termination point of the N3 interface, the anchor point (PSA1) and the anchor point (PAS2) are terminated at the N6 interface, and the transmission between the uplink classifier UPF and the anchor point UPF is through the N9 interface.
方式二：在一个PDU会话中使用IPv6多宿主(multi-homing)；Method 2: Use IPv6 multi-homing in a PDU session;
一个PDU会话可以关联多个IPv6前缀，这就是所谓的多宿主PDU会话。多宿主PDU会话可以通过多个PSA访问一个数据网络DN。各个PSA对应的数据通道最后都会汇聚于一个公共的UPF，这个公共的UPF具有“分支点”(branching point，BP)功能，称为分支点UPF。分支点UPF向上转发上行业务包到不同的PSA、向下将各个PSA下来的数据合并。分支点UPF可以用于计费统计、速率控制。SMF通过N4接口控制在UPF***或者移除分支点，当然也要看UPF的能力，即UPF是否支持分支点功能。A PDU session can be associated with multiple IPv6 prefixes, which is the so-called multi-homed PDU session. A multihomed PDU session can access one data network DN through multiple PSAs. The data channels corresponding to each PSA will eventually converge on a common UPF, which has a "branching point" (branching point, BP) function and is called a branching point UPF. The branch point UPF forwards the uplink service packets to different PSAs upwards, and merges the data from each PSA downwards. The branch point UPF can be used for charging statistics and rate control. The SMF controls the insertion or removal of branch points in the UPF through the N4 interface. Of course, it also depends on the capabilities of the UPF, that is, whether the UPF supports the branch point function.
图2可以看作是一个PDU会话拥有两个PSA的场景，公共的UPF可以传输上行数据到不同的PSA，例如，PSA1和PAS2；公共的UPF还可以将各个PSA下来的数据进行合并。Figure 2 can be seen as a scenario where a PDU session has two PSAs. The common UPF can transmit uplink data to different PSAs, for example, PSA1 and PAS2; the common UPF can also combine the data from each PSA.
在图2所述的***架构中，UPF(UL CL/BP)可以表示提供UL CL功能的UPF或者公共的UPF，即该UPF可以传输上行数据到不同的PSA，例如，PSA1以及PSA2，各个PSA对应的数据通道最后都会汇聚于该UPF，并将下行数据合并到UE。In the system architecture described in Figure 2, UPF (UL CL/BP) can represent a UPF that provides UL CL functions or a public UPF, that is, the UPF can transmit uplink data to different PSAs, for example, PSA1 and PSA2, each PSA The corresponding data channels will eventually converge on the UPF and combine the downlink data to the UE.
在4G及之前的传统移动网络架构和部署中，用户面设备基本遵从树形拓扑部署。上行的用户报文经过接入网设备及回传网络，最终通过集中部署的锚点网关接入数据网络，这些锚点网关一般部署在网络中较高的位置，例如，大区中心机房等。这种拓扑结构相对简单，便于运营商在锚点处进行集中地业务管控和报文处理。随着移动业务流量的***式增长，这种部署方式越来越难以支撑快速增长的移动业务流量模型。一方面，在锚点网关集中部署式的网络中，增长的流量最终集中在网关及核心机房处，对回程网络带宽、机房吞吐量和网关规格提出了越来越高的要求；另一方面，从接入点到锚点网关的长距离的回传网络和复杂的传输环境，导致了用户报文传输的较大时延和抖动。In the traditional mobile network architecture and deployment of 4G and before, user plane devices basically follow the tree topology deployment. Uplink user packets pass through the access network equipment and the backhaul network, and finally access the data network through the centrally deployed anchor gateways. These anchor gateways are generally deployed at higher positions in the network, such as the central computer room in a large area. This topology is relatively simple, and it is convenient for operators to perform centralized service control and packet processing at the anchor point. With the explosive growth of mobile service traffic, it is increasingly difficult for this deployment method to support the fast-growing mobile service traffic model. On the one hand, in a network with centralized deployment of anchor gateways, the increased traffic is finally concentrated at the gateway and the core computer room, which puts forward higher and higher requirements for the backhaul network bandwidth, the throughput of the computer room, and the specifications of the gateway; on the other hand, The long-distance backhaul network and complex transmission environment from the access point to the anchor gateway lead to large delay and jitter in the transmission of user packets.
基于以上背景，业界提出了边缘计算EC的概念。EC通过将UPF及业务处理能力下移到网络边缘，实现了分布式业务流量的本地处理，避免了流量的过度集中，从而可以大大降低对核心机房和集中网关的规格需求，降低了用户报文的端到端(end to end，E2E)时延和抖动，使得超低时延业务的部署成为可能。Based on the above background, the industry has proposed the concept of edge computing EC. By moving the UPF and business processing capabilities down to the edge of the network, EC realizes the local processing of distributed business traffic and avoids excessive concentration of traffic, thereby greatly reducing the specification requirements for the core computer room and centralized gateway, and reducing user packets. The end-to-end (E2E) delay and jitter make the deployment of ultra-low-latency services possible.
在EC部署场景中，某些业务可能会由多个部署于边缘数据网络(edge data network，EDN)中的边缘应用服务器(edge application server，EAS)提供服务。EAS也可以称为应用实例、边缘应用实例、MEC应用(服务器)、EAS功能等。该边缘应用可以具体指一个服务器应用程序(例如，社交媒体软件、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR))部署运行在EDN的实例(instance)。一个应用可在一个或多个EDN中部署一个或多个EAS，部署运行在不同的EDN中的EAS可以认为是一个应用的不同的EAS，它们可以共享一个域名，也可以与部署在云上的应用使用不同的域名，该域名可以是全限定域名(fully qualified domain name，FQDN)，可以使用一个任意播放的互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)地址，也可以使用不同的IP地址。In the EC deployment scenario, some services may be served by multiple edge application servers (edge application server, EAS) deployed in the edge data network (edge data network, EDN). EAS can also be called application instance, edge application instance, MEC application (server), EAS function, etc. The edge application may specifically refer to an instance (instance) of a server application (for example, social media software, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR)) deployed and running on the EDN. An application can deploy one or more EASs in one or more EDNs. EASs deployed and running in different EDNs can be regarded as different EASs of an application. Applications use different domain names, which can be fully qualified domain names (fully qualified domain names, FQDNs), can use a free-play Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address, or can use different IP addresses.
其中，该边缘数据网络EDN可以是本地(local)数据网络，local DN也可以理解为距离用户的附着点较近的一个数据网络的接入点，数据网络是指运营商或第三方的服务网络，可以为用户设备提供运营商业务或互联网业务等服务。local DN可以由数据网络接入标识符(data network access identifier，DNAI)和数据网络名称(data network name,DNN) 标识。Wherein, the edge data network EDN can be a local (local) data network, and the local DN can also be understood as an access point of a data network that is closer to the attachment point of the user, and the data network refers to the service network of an operator or a third party , can provide services such as operator services or Internet services for user equipment. The local DN may be identified by a data network access identifier (DNAI) and a data network name (DNN).
当UE需要接入某个业务时，EC场景要求其接入距离UE较近的可用EAS。因此，UE需要获取合适的EAS的IP地址。第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd generation partnership project，3GPP)的标准TS 23.548定义了辅助发现EAS的新网元，边缘应用服务发现功能网元(edge application server discovery function，EASDF)，其主要作用为根据SMF的指示处理域名***(domain name system，DNS)消息。 When a UE needs to access a certain service, the EC scenario requires it to access an available EAS that is closer to the UE. Therefore, the UE needs to acquire a suitable IP address of the EAS. The standard TS 23.548 of the 3rd generation partnership project ( 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) defines a new network element that assists in the discovery of EAS, the edge application server discovery function network element (edge application server discovery function, EASDF), its main role is Process domain name system (domain name system, DNS) messages according to the instructions of the SMF.
使用EASDF进行EAS发现的流程为：在会话建立流程中，SMF选择EASDF后，SMF可以通过PDU会话向EASDF发送DNS处理规则，该DNS处理规则可以包括FQDN的范围信息，EAS IP地址范围信息以及DNS服务器标识(identifier)信息中的至少一项；其中FQDN范围和EAS IP地址范围可以表示边缘业务的部署情况，如果某个业务的FQDN或EAS IP在上述范围内，则说明该业务在本地的边缘有部署。当EASDF收到UE发送的DNS查询(query)时，可以将DNS query中包含的FQDN与上述FQDN范围进行匹配，如果在此范围内，则EASDF向SMF发送DNS消息报告，并从SMF获取构建的EDNS客户端子网(EDNS Client Subnet，ECS)选项(option)。其中，ECS是DNS服务支持的新协议，该协议会在DNS请求包中附加用户IP地址。这样，DNS服务器可以根据该用户IP地址而不是递归服务器的IP地址返回给用户更近的服务器IP地址，使客户能够实现就近访问。EASDF向DNS query中添加ECS option并转发到DNS服务器。EASDF从DNS服务器接收到DNS response后，会将DNS response中包含的EAS IP地址与上述EAS IP地址范围进行匹配，如果在此范围内，则EASDF向SMF发送DNS消息报告；SMF据此***“UL CL”或“BP”，并指示EASDF将DNS response转发到UE，从而完成本地业务的发现。The process of using EASDF for EAS discovery is as follows: In the session establishment process, after SMF selects EASDF, SMF can send DNS processing rules to EASDF through the PDU session. The DNS processing rules can include FQDN range information, EAS IP address range information and DNS At least one item of server identifier information; the FQDN range and EAS IP address range can indicate the deployment of edge services. If the FQDN or EAS IP of a certain service is within the above range, it means that the service is on the local edge There are deployments. When the EASDF receives the DNS query (query) sent by the UE, it can match the FQDN contained in the DNS query with the above FQDN range. If it is within this range, the EASDF sends a DNS message report to the SMF and obtains the constructed DNS message from the SMF. EDNS Client Subnet (EDNS Client Subnet, ECS) option (option). Among them, ECS is a new protocol supported by the DNS service, which will add the user IP address to the DNS request packet. In this way, the DNS server can return to the user a server IP address closer to the user based on the user IP address instead of the IP address of the recursive server, so that the client can realize nearby access. EASDF adds ECS option to DNS query and forwards it to DNS server. After EASDF receives the DNS response from the DNS server, it will match the EAS IP address contained in the DNS response with the above-mentioned EAS IP address range. If it is within this range, EASDF will send a DNS message report to SMF; SMF will insert "UL CL" or "BP", and instruct EASDF to forward the DNS response to the UE to complete the discovery of local services.
上述内容简要介绍了使用EASDF进行EAS发现的流程，为更好地理解本申请实施例的技术方案，再对本申请涉及到的名词或术语进行简单介绍。The above content briefly introduces the process of EAS discovery using EASDF. In order to better understand the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction is given to the nouns or terms involved in the present application.
1、MEC联盟(federation)1. MEC alliance (federation)
MEC federation是指将属于多个移动网络运营商(mobile network operator，MNO)的MEC平台之间组成一个联盟(federation)，支持运营商之间资源的共享、协调等操作，整个联盟可以由联盟管理(federation manager)功能进行统一管理。全球移动通信***协会(global system for mobile communications association，GSMA)组织定义的MEC federation架构如图3中所示。多个运营商平台(operator platform)之间组成一个联盟，应用服务提供商(application service provider，ASP)的边缘应用可以部署在MEC federation中某些运营商平台中，且该边缘应用可以被接入该联盟的其他运营商平台的终端用户访问。MEC federation refers to the formation of a federation among MEC platforms belonging to multiple mobile network operators (MNOs) to support resource sharing and coordination among operators. The entire federation can be managed by the federation (federation manager) function for unified management. The MEC federation architecture defined by the Global System for Mobile Communications Association (GSMA) organization is shown in FIG. 3 . Multiple operator platforms (operator platforms) form an alliance, and the edge applications of application service providers (ASP) can be deployed on certain operator platforms in the MEC federation, and the edge applications can be accessed End-user access to other operator platforms in the alliance.
以MEC federation实际部署的场景为例，如图3的(a)中所示，在某些区域，MNO#1没有部署自己的MEC平台，而是借助MNO#2所部署的MEC平台，且ASP只在MNO#2部署了MEC应用。在该场景中，MNO#1的终端用户可以访问最佳边缘位置位于MNO#2的边缘应用。或者，如图3的(b)中所示，MNO#1和MNO#2都部署了自己的MEC平台，但是ASP只在MNO#2的平台部署了MEC应用。在该场景中，MNO#1的终端用户也可以访问最佳边缘位置位于MNO#2的边缘应用。其中，MEC平台可以理解为AF。Taking the actual deployment scenario of MEC federation as an example, as shown in (a) of Figure 3, in some areas, MNO#1 does not deploy its own MEC platform, but relies on the MEC platform deployed by MNO#2, and ASP The MEC application is only deployed at MNO#2. In this scenario, the end user of MNO#1 can access the edge application whose best edge location is located in MNO#2. Or, as shown in (b) of FIG. 3 , both MNO#1 and MNO#2 deploy their own MEC platforms, but the ASP only deploys MEC applications on the platform of MNO#2. In this scenario, the end user of MNO#1 can also access the edge application whose best edge location is located in MNO#2. Among them, the MEC platform can be understood as AF.
在MEC federation部署的场景中，多个MNO中的边缘应用的部署信息可能不是互通的，例如，该EAS的部署信息可以包括各DNAI所指示的Local DN中的EAS的部署情 况，也就是说，该EAS部署信息是针对每个DNAI的，而DNAI信息又是每个MNO自己定义的字符串，不具有唯一性。因此，MNO#1可能无法识别另一个MNO#2的EAS部署信息，从而MNO#1中的终端想设备要访问MNO#2中的边缘应用时，MNO#1中的会话管理网元无法选择合适的ECS option，该合适的ECS option用于DNS服务器将MNO#2中距离该终端设备更近的边缘应用服务器地址返回给该终端设备，可能导致MNO#1的终端用户访问MNO#2的边缘应用失败，影响用户的业务体验。In the scenario of MEC federation deployment, the deployment information of edge applications in multiple MNOs may not be interoperable. For example, the deployment information of the EAS may include the deployment status of the EAS in the Local DN indicated by each DNAI, that is, The EAS deployment information is specific to each DNAI, and the DNAI information is a character string defined by each MNO itself, which is not unique. Therefore, MNO#1 may not be able to recognize the EAS deployment information of another MNO#2, so that when a terminal in MNO#1 wants to access an edge application in MNO#2, the session management network element in MNO#1 cannot select the appropriate ECS option, the appropriate ECS option is used by the DNS server to return the address of the edge application server in MNO#2 that is closer to the terminal device to the terminal device, which may cause the end user of MNO#1 to access the edge application of MNO#2 Failure, affecting the user's service experience.
有鉴于此，本申请提供一种通信方法，该通信方法可以使得会话管理网元确定合适的DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项以进行MNO之间的服务发现过程，从而提升用户的业务体验。In view of this, the present application provides a communication method, which can enable the session management network element to determine the appropriate client subnet option of the DNS extension mechanism for the service discovery process between MNOs, thereby improving user service experience.
为了便于理解本申请实施例，做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following descriptions are made.
第一，在本申请中示出的第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如，“#1”、“#2”等)仅为描述方便，用于区分的对象，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的MNO等。而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换，以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。First, the first, second and various numbers (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) shown in this application are only for convenience of description, for distinguishing objects, and are not used to limit The scope of the application examples. For example, distinguishing between different MNOs, etc. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so described are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances in order to enable descriptions other than the embodiments of the application.
第二，在本申请中，“预设的”可包括预先定义，例如，协议定义。其中，“预先配置”可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端设备或网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Second, in this application, "preset" may include pre-definition, for example, protocol definition. Among them, "pre-configuration" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices or network devices). limited.
第三，本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”，可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器，可以是单独的设置，也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器，处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器，也可以是一部分单独设置，一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质，本申请并不对此限定。Third, the "storage" mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may refer to storage in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided independently, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. A part of the one or more memories may also be provided separately, and a part may be integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of the storage may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
下面结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信方法，本申请中的下述实施例，终端设备均以用户设备UE为例进行介绍。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the following embodiments of the present application, the terminal device will be introduced by taking the user equipment UE as an example.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法400的示意性流程图。方法400可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 400 may include the following steps.
S410，会话管理功能网元SMF获取第一信息。S410. The session management function network element SMF acquires first information.
具体地，该第一信息可以包括移动网络运营商(mobile network operator，MNO)的标识信息，以及MNO的标识信息对应的第二信息。示例性地，该MNO的标识信息可以为该MNO的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)标识(identifier，ID)，或者，该MNO的标识信息还可以是公开的各MNO自己定义的MNO ID，MNO名称等。Specifically, the first information may include identification information of a mobile network operator (mobile network operator, MNO), and second information corresponding to the identification information of the MNO. Exemplarily, the identification information of the MNO may be the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identification (identifier, ID) of the MNO, or the identification information of the MNO may also be publicly defined by each MNO MNO ID, MNO name, etc.
其中，该第二信息包括EAS中所支持的应用程序对应的FQDN，即FQDN的范围信息。该EAS中所支持的应用程序对应的FQDN包括第一FQDN，该第一FQDN为终端设备查询的FQDN，也即该第二信息包括该第一FQDN。Wherein, the second information includes the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS, that is, the range information of the FQDN. The FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS includes the first FQDN, and the first FQDN is the FQDN queried by the terminal device, that is, the second information includes the first FQDN.
可选地，该第二信息还可以包括以下信息中的至少一项：EAS IP地址范围，EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI。Optionally, the second information may also include at least one of the following information: EAS IP address range, and DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
作为一种可能的实现方式，该第二信息可称为EAS部署信息。As a possible implementation manner, the second information may be called EAS deployment information.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，该第一信息称为EAS部署信息，也即在EAS部署信息中携带MNO的标识信息。该第二信息为该EAS部署信息中除MNO的标识信息以外的其 他信息，例如，该第二信息包括EAS中所运行的应用程序对应的FQDN，EAS IP地址范围等。As another possible implementation manner, the first information is called EAS deployment information, that is, the EAS deployment information carries the identification information of the MNO. The second information is information other than the identification information of the MNO in the EAS deployment information, for example, the second information includes the FQDN corresponding to the application program running in the EAS, the EAS IP address range, etc.
或者，具体地，该第一信息可以包括第二FQDN与ECS option信息的对应关系(也可以理解为“映射关系”)信息，该对应关系信息用于SMF根据接收的FQDN信息确定ECS option信息。该第二FQDN中可以包括至少一个FQDN，该至少一个FQDN可以属于不同的MNO，该第二FQDN包括第一FQDN。Or, specifically, the first information may include correspondence between the second FQDN and the ECS option information (also can be understood as "mapping relationship") information, and the correspondence information is used by the SMF to determine the ECS option information according to the received FQDN information. The second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, the at least one FQDN may belong to different MNOs, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN.
例如，该第一信息包括FQDN#1和FQDN#2，FQDN#1和FQDN#2分别对应一个或多个ECS option，该FQDN#1和FQDN#2可以属于不同的MNO。For example, the first information includes FQDN#1 and FQDN#2, FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 respectively correspond to one or more ECS options, and the FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 may belong to different MNOs.
可选地，该第一信息还可以包括该第二FQDN，位置区域信息以及ECS option信息的对应关系信息。示例性地，该位置区域信息可以包括小区标识信息、跟踪区域标识(tracking area identity，TAI)信息，或者地理位置信息(例如，省、市、区或经纬度等信息)，或者数据网络接入标识(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)信息。Optionally, the first information may also include correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information. Exemplarily, the location area information may include cell identification information, tracking area identification (tracking area identity, TAI) information, or geographic location information (for example, information such as province, city, district, or latitude and longitude), or data network access identification (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) information.
该第二FQDN可以包括至少一个FQDN，该至少一个FQND中每个FQDN可以分别对应至少一个位置区域信息，该至少一个位置区域信息分别对应一个或多个ECS option信息。The second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, and each FQDN in the at least one FQND may correspond to at least one location area information, and the at least one location area information corresponds to one or more ECS option information.
例如，该第一信息包括FQDN#1和FQDN#2，FQDN#1对应Location area#1和Location area#2，Location area#1对应ECS option#1，Location area#2对应ECS option#2；FQDN#2对应Location area#3，Location area#3对应ECS option#3，该第一信息可以表示为：{FQDN#1：(Location area#1：<ECS option#1>；Location area#2：<ECS option#2>)；FQDN#2：(Location area#3：<ECS option#3>)}。For example, the first information includes FQDN#1 and FQDN#2, FQDN#1 corresponds to Location area#1 and Location area#2, Location area#1 corresponds to ECS option#1, and Location area#2 corresponds to ECS option#2; FQDN #2 corresponds to Location area#3, and Location area#3 corresponds to ECS option#3. The first information can be expressed as: {FQDN#1:(Location area#1:<ECS option#1>;Location area#2:< ECS option#2>); FQDN#2: (Location area#3: <ECS option#3>)}.
应理解，以上第一信息的表示形式仅是示例性说明，对此不予限制，任何属于以上第一信息的表示形式的变形，都适用于本申请。例如，以上第一信息还可以以表格的形式表示。It should be understood that the above expression form of the first information is only an exemplary description, which is not limited, and any modification of the above expression form of the first information is applicable to this application. For example, the above first information may also be expressed in the form of a table.
在本申请中，该ECS option信息为用于确定ECS option的信息。该ECS option信息具体可以是ECS option，或者是其他用于确定ECS option的信息，例如，用于确定ECS option的IP地址信息等，本申请对此不做限定。In this application, the ECS option information is information used to determine the ECS option. The ECS option information may specifically be the ECS option, or other information used to determine the ECS option, for example, the IP address information used to determine the ECS option, etc., which is not limited in this application.
在一种可能的实现方式中，SMF可以从NEF或者PCF获取该第一信息，该第一信息来自于AF网元。In a possible implementation manner, the SMF may obtain the first information from the NEF or the PCF, and the first information comes from the AF network element.
例如，SMF可以向NEF发送信息#1，相应地，SMF接收来自NEF的信息#2，该信息#2中可以包括该第一信息。其中，信息#1可以是Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe Request或Nsmf_EASDeployment_Notify Request，信息#2可以是Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe Response或Nsmf_EASDeployment_Notify Response，本申请不予限制。For example, the SMF may send information #1 to the NEF, and correspondingly, the SMF receives information #2 from the NEF, and the information #2 may include the first information. Among them, information #1 can be Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe Request or Nsmf_EASDeployment_Notify Request, and information #2 can be Nnef_EASDeployment_Subscribe Response or Nsmf_EASDeployment_Notify Response, which is not limited in this application.
再例如，SMF还可以向PCF发送获取策略与计费控制规则(policy and charging control，PCC)规则(rule)的请求，相应地，SMF接收来自PCF的PCC rule，该PCC rule中携带该第一信息。For another example, the SMF can also send a request to the PCF to obtain a policy and charging control (PCC) rule (rule). Correspondingly, the SMF receives the PCC rule from the PCF, and the PCC rule carries the first information.
可选地，该方法还可以包括S420，SMF确定DNS处理规则。Optionally, the method may further include S420, the SMF determines DNS processing rules.
具体地，SMF可以根据该第一信息确定DNS处理规则。该DNS处理规则用于EASDF处理相应的DNS消息，其可以包括两部分：DNS检测信息和DNS消息处理动作。其中，DNS检测信息用于对DNS消息进行匹配，如果DNS消息与DNS检测信息相匹配，则可 以认为该DNS处理规则适用于该DNS消息；DNS消息处理动作可以包括以下一项或多项：上报DNS消息、上报DNS中的内容、缓存DNS消息、转发DNS消息。Specifically, the SMF may determine the DNS processing rule according to the first information. The DNS processing rules are used by the EASDF to process corresponding DNS messages, which may include two parts: DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions. Wherein, the DNS detection information is used to match the DNS message. If the DNS message matches the DNS detection information, it can be considered that the DNS processing rule is applicable to the DNS message; the DNS message processing action can include one or more of the following: report DNS messages, reporting DNS content, caching DNS messages, and forwarding DNS messages.
SMF根据该第一信息确定DNS处理规则可以理解为，SMF确定DNS处理规则，该DNS处理规则中的DNS检测信息包括该第一信息中的部分或全部内容。It may be understood that the SMF determines the DNS processing rule according to the first information. It may be understood that the SMF determines the DNS processing rule, and the DNS detection information in the DNS processing rule includes part or all of the first information.
一种可能的情况，该DNS检测信息可以包括以下一种或多种信息：FQDN、EAS IP地址范围、DNAI等。具体地，该DNS检测信息可以包括以下一种或多种信息：EAS中所支持的应用程序对应的FQDN，以及EAS IP地址范围，EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI。In a possible situation, the DNS detection information may include one or more of the following information: FQDN, EAS IP address range, DNAI, etc. Specifically, the DNS detection information may include one or more of the following information: the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS, the EAS IP address range, and the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
另一种可能的情况，该DNS检测信息还可以包括MNO的标识信息，该MNO的标识信息与该DNS检测信息中的其他信息具有对应关系。应理解，这里的其他信息指的是上文中提到的FQDN、EAS IP地址范围、DNAI等，不再赘述。In another possible situation, the DNS detection information may further include identification information of the MNO, and the identification information of the MNO has a corresponding relationship with other information in the DNS detection information. It should be understood that other information here refers to the FQDN, EAS IP address range, DNAI, etc. mentioned above, and will not be repeated here.
可选地，该方法还可以包括S430，SMF向EASDF发送该DNS处理规则。Optionally, the method may further include S430, the SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF.
在SMF向EASDF发送该DNS处理规则之前，UE可以启动应用(application，APP)发起会话建立流程或重用UE现有会话，以建立UE与UPF之间的用户面连接。在PDU会话建立过程中，SMF可以选择EASDF。本申请实施例中对于UE启动APP，发起会话建立过程以及SMF选择EASDF具体实现方式不做限定，可以参考目前相关技术中的描述。Before the SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF, the UE can start an application (APP) to initiate a session establishment process or reuse an existing session of the UE to establish a user plane connection between the UE and the UPF. During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF can choose EASDF. In the embodiment of the present application, there is no limitation on the specific implementation manners of UE starting APP, initiating session establishment process and SMF selecting EASDF, and reference may be made to the descriptions in current related technologies.
SMF可以向选择的EASDF发送DNS上下文建立请求消息(例如，可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request)，其中包括该DNS处理规则。The SMF may send a DNS context establishment request message (for example, Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request) to the selected EASDF, including the DNS processing rule.
S440，EASDF向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息，相应地，SMF接收该DNS查询上报消息。S440. The EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the DNS query report message accordingly.
在EASDF向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息之前，该EASDF接收UE发送的DNS查询请求消息，该DNS查询请求消息中携带该第一FQDN。EASDF可以基于该DNS处理规则，向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request，该DNS查询上报消息中携带该第一FQDN。Before the EASDF sends the DNS query report message to the SMF, the EASDF receives the DNS query request message sent by the UE, and the DNS query request message carries the first FQDN. The EASDF may send a DNS query report message to the SMF based on the DNS processing rule. The DNS query report message may be a Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request, and the DNS query report message carries the first FQDN.
可选地，若在S420中，SMF确定的该DNS处理规则包括MNO的标识信息，则在EASDF向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息之前，该方法还可以包括S441，EASDF根据该DNS处理规则确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO(第一MNO的一例)。相应地，EASDF向SMF发送的DNS查询上报消息中还可以包括该第一MNO的标识信息。Optionally, if in S420, the DNS processing rule determined by the SMF includes the identification information of the MNO, before the EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, the method may further include S441, where the EASDF determines the first DNS processing rule according to the DNS processing rule. An MNO corresponding to the FQDN (an example of the first MNO). Correspondingly, the DNS query report message sent by the EASDF to the SMF may also include the identification information of the first MNO.
S450，SMF确定第一ECS option信息。S450. The SMF determines the first ECS option information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，若该DNS查询上报消息中携带该第一FQDN对应的MNO(第一MNO的一例)的标识信息，则SMF可以根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息确定该第一ECS option信息。In a possible implementation, if the DNS query report message carries the identification information of the MNO (an example of the first MNO) corresponding to the first FQDN, the SMF may The network deployment information determines the first ECS option information.
可选地，SMF还可以确定该第一MNO是否为该SMF所属的第二MNO。Optionally, the SMF may also determine whether the first MNO is the second MNO to which the SMF belongs.
如果SMF确定该第一MNO为该第二MNO，则SMF确定第一ECS option信息以及后续服务发现过程可参考现有的相关技术。If the SMF determines that the first MNO is the second MNO, the SMF determines the first ECS option information and the subsequent service discovery process may refer to existing related technologies.
如果SMF确定该第一MNO与该第二MNO不同，在确定第一MNO后，SMF可以根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息确定该第一ECS option信息。其中，该第一MNO与第二MNO为MEC federation中的MNO。If the SMF determines that the first MNO is different from the second MNO, after determining the first MNO, the SMF may determine the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO. Wherein, the first MNO and the second MNO are MNOs in the MEC federation.
具体地，该网络部署信息可以用于表征第一MNO与第二MNO之间网络连接拓扑信息，例如，该网络部署信息包括第一MNO中的UPF(第一UPF)的信息，以及与该第一 UPF具有网络连接的该第二MNO中的UPF(第二UPF)的信息，再如，该网络部署信息还可以包括第一MNO的DNAI的信息，以及与该第一MNO的DNAI具有网络连接的第二MNO，或者第二MNO的DNAI的信息；该网络部署信息还可以包括网络连接性能信息，例如，数据传输时延、带宽，该第一UPF与第二UPF之间的距离等信息。以上以UPF的信息为粒度来说明该网络部署信息仅为示例，不构成对本申请的限制，该网络部署信息还可以包括以其他粒度来表示的通信节点的信息，例如，DNAI的粒度，local DN的粒度。也就是说，根据该网络部署信息可以获知该第一MNO和第二MNO中具有网络连接的通信节点，并且可以获知通信节点之间的网络连接性能信息。Specifically, the network deployment information may be used to characterize the network connection topology information between the first MNO and the second MNO, for example, the network deployment information includes the UPF (first UPF) information in the first MNO, and the A UPF has information about the UPF (second UPF) in the second MNO that is connected to the network. For another example, the network deployment information may also include information about the DNAI of the first MNO, and information about the network connection with the DNAI of the first MNO. The second MNO, or the DNAI information of the second MNO; the network deployment information may also include network connection performance information, for example, data transmission delay, bandwidth, distance between the first UPF and the second UPF, and other information. The network deployment information described above using the UPF information as the granularity is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation to this application. The network deployment information may also include communication node information represented by other granularity, for example, the granularity of DNAI, local DN granularity. That is to say, according to the network deployment information, the communication nodes with network connections in the first MNO and the second MNO can be known, and the network connection performance information between the communication nodes can be known.
应理解，该网络部署信息也可以有其他的名称，本申请对如何称谓网络部署信息不作限定，例如，该网络部署信息也可以称为网络连接信息或者网络配置信息等。It should be understood that the network deployment information may also have other names, and this application does not limit how to call the network deployment information. For example, the network deployment information may also be called network connection information or network configuration information.
示例性地，SMF确定该第一ECS option信息可以包括：SMF可以根据该网络部署信息，选择距离第二MNO中的第二UPF较近的，该第一MNO中的第一UPF的IP地址信息为确定该第一ECS option的信息，即第一ECS option信息；又如，SMF可以根据该网络部署信息，选择距离第二MNO的local DN较近的，该第一MNO中的第一UPF的IP地址信息为该第一ECS option信息。Exemplarily, the SMF determining the first ECS option information may include: the SMF may select, according to the network deployment information, the IP address information of the first UPF in the first MNO that is closer to the second UPF in the second MNO In order to determine the information of the first ECS option, that is, the information of the first ECS option; as another example, the SMF may select the one closer to the local DN of the second MNO, the first UPF in the first MNO according to the network deployment information. The IP address information is the first ECS option information.
可选地，SMF还可以根据该第一信息查询该第一FQDN对应的该第一MNO中的DNAI(第二DNAI)，如S410中所述，该第一信息包括该第一MNO对应的第二信息，该第二信息可以包括EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI。SMF确定该第一ECS option信息还可以包括：SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第二DNAI确定该第一ECS option信息。Optionally, the SMF may also query the DNAI (second DNAI) in the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the first information. As described in S410, the first information includes the first MNO corresponding to the first MNO. Second information, the second information may include the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range. The SMF determining the first ECS option information may also include: the SMF determining the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO and the second DNAI.
示例性地，SMF可以根据该网络部署信息，选择该第二DNAI中距离第二MNO中的第二UPF较近的，第一UPF的IP地址信息为确定该第一ECS option的信息，即确定该第一ECS option信息。Exemplarily, the SMF may select the second DNAI that is closer to the second UPF in the second MNO according to the network deployment information, and the IP address information of the first UPF is information for determining the first ECS option, that is, determining The first ECS option information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中，若该DNS查询上报消息中不携带该第一FQDN对应第一MNO的标识信息，SMF首先根据该第一FQDN，以及该第一信息确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO(第一MNO的一例)的标识信息。In another possible implementation, if the DNS query report message does not carry the identification information that the first FQDN corresponds to the first MNO, the SMF first determines that the first FQDN corresponds to the first MNO according to the first FQDN and the first information. The identification information of the MNO (an example of the first MNO).
具体地，SMF可以从该第一信息的EAS中所支持的应用程序对应的FQDN中查询该第一FQDN，并确定该第一FQDN对应的第一MNO的标识信息。Specifically, the SMF may query the first FQDN from the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS of the first information, and determine the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN.
在SMF确定该第一FQDN对应的第一MNO的标识信息之后，SMF确定该第一ECS option信息的过程如前面所述，在此不再赘述。After the SMF determines the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN, the process for the SMF to determine the first ECS option information is as described above, and will not be repeated here.
再一种可能的实现方式中，该第一信息包括该第二FQDN与ECS option信息(第二ECS option信息)的对应关系，该第二FQDN包括该第一FQDN，SMF根据该第一信息查询该第一FQDN对应的ECS option信息，即确定该第一ECS option信息。In yet another possible implementation, the first information includes the correspondence between the second FQDN and ECS option information (second ECS option information), the second FQDN includes the first FQDN, and the SMF queries the The ECS option information corresponding to the first FQDN is to determine the first ECS option information.
可选地，如果该第一信息包括该第二FQDN、位置区域信息与ECS option信息的对应关系，SMF可以确定该终端设备的位置区域信息，并从该第一信息中查询该第一FQDN以及该终端设备的位置区域信息对应的ECS option信息，即确定该第一ECS option信息。Optionally, if the first information includes the correspondence between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information, the SMF may determine the location area information of the terminal device, and query the first FQDN and The ECS option information corresponding to the location area information of the terminal device is to determine the first ECS option information.
后续，SMF可以将该第一ECS option信息发送至EASDF。进而，EASDF可以向DNS查询消息中添加该第一ECS option并转发到DNS服务器，该第一ECS option中携带一个IP地址信息，该IP地址信息可以反应UE当前的位置信息，从而DNS服务器可以根据该 第一ECS option返回该第一MNO中距离该终端设备较近的边缘应用服务器地址。Subsequently, the SMF can send the first ECS option information to the EASDF. Furthermore, EASDF can add the first ECS option to the DNS query message and forward it to the DNS server. The first ECS option carries an IP address information, and the IP address information can reflect the current location information of the UE, so that the DNS server can according to The first ECS option returns the address of the edge application server in the first MNO that is closer to the terminal device.
进一步地，该方法还可以包括S460，SMF确定该第二MNO中的本地(local)PDU会话锚点(L-PSA)，该L-PSA用于传输该终端设备的业务流。Further, the method may further include S460, the SMF determines a local (local) PDU Session Anchor (L-PSA) in the second MNO, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中，SMF接收EASDF发送的DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息中包括第一EAS的IP地址，可以理解的是，该第一EAS上所支持的应用程序的FQDN包括该第一FQDN；SMF可以根据该第一EAS的IP地址，以及该第一信息判断该第一EAS在第一MNO中对应的local DN(local DN通过DNAI指示，也即是SMF可以根据该第一EAS的IP地址，以及该第一信息确定该第一EAS对应的第一DNAI)；SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA。In a possible implementation, the SMF receives the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first EAS. It can be understood that the FQDN of the application program supported on the first EAS Including the first FQDN; the SMF can judge the local DN corresponding to the first EAS in the first MNO according to the IP address of the first EAS and the first information (the local DN is indicated by DNAI, that is, the SMF can judge according to the The IP address of the first EAS, and the first information determines the first DNAI corresponding to the first EAS); the SMF determines the L- PSA.
具体地，如S410中所述，该第一信息中包括该第一MNO对应的第二信息，该第二信息可以包括EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI；SMF可以查询该第一EAS的IP地址对应的DNAI，即确定该第一DNAI；示例性地，SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA可以包括：SMF可以根据该网络部署信息选择该第二MNO中，距离该第一DNAI对应的local DN中的第一UPF较近的第二UPF作为L-PSA；又一示例，SMF可以根据该网络部署信息选择该第二MNO中，与该第一DNAI对应的local DN中的第一UPF通信时延较小的第二UPF作为L-PSA。Specifically, as described in S410, the first information includes the second information corresponding to the first MNO, and the second information may include the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range; the SMF may query the IP address of the first EAS The corresponding DNAI is to determine the first DNAI; for example, the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI may include: the SMF may determine the L-PSA according to the network The deployment information selects the second UPF that is closer to the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI in the second MNO as the L-PSA; as another example, the SMF may select the second MNO according to the network deployment information Among them, the second UPF with the smaller communication delay of the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI is used as the L-PSA.
在另一种可能的实现方式中，SMF在接收到EASDF发送的DNS响应上报消息之后，可以根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的该网络部署信息确定该L-PSA。示例性地，该SMF可以选择该第二MNO中距离该第一MNO的第一UPF较近的第二UPF作为该L-PSA。In another possible implementation manner, after receiving the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, the SMF may determine the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO. Exemplarily, the SMF may select a second UPF in the second MNO that is closer to the first UPF of the first MNO as the L-PSA.
再一种可能的实现方式中，SMF接收EASDF发送的DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息中包括该第一EAS的IP地址；SMF还可以根据第一EAS的IP地址，和配置信息确定该L-PSA。其中，该配置信息可以包括IP地址与MNO的标识信息的对应关系，该MNO的标识信息中包括该第一MNO的标识信息。In yet another possible implementation, the SMF receives the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first EAS; the SMF may also determine the IP address of the first EAS and configuration information according to the first EAS L-PSA. Wherein, the configuration information may include the correspondence between the IP address and the identification information of the MNO, and the identification information of the MNO includes the identification information of the first MNO.
具体地，SMF可以根据第一EAS的IP地址，和该配置信息确定该第一EAS的IP地址对应的MNO(第一MNO)；SMF根据第一MNO与第二MNO之间的该网络部署信息确定该L-PSA。SMF根据该网络部署信息确定该L-PSA如前面所述，在此不再赘述。Specifically, the SMF can determine the MNO (first MNO) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS according to the IP address of the first EAS and the configuration information; the SMF can determine the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO Determine the L-PSA. The SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information as described above, which will not be repeated here.
可选地，该配置信息还可以包括IP地址、MNO的标识信息以及DNAI的对应关系信息。SMF可以根据第一EAS的IP地址，和该配置信息确定该第一EAS的IP地址对应的DNAI(第一DNAI)，以及对应的第一MNO；SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA。SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA如前面所述，在此不再赘述。Optionally, the configuration information may also include the IP address, identification information of the MNO, and correspondence relationship information of the DNAI. The SMF can determine the DNAI (first DNAI) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS and the corresponding first MNO according to the IP address of the first EAS and the configuration information; network deployment information, and the first DNAI determines the L-PSA. The SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI as described above, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是，该配置信息可以预先配置在SMF中，或者，SMF还可以获取来自其他网元的该配置信息，例如，获取来自AF的该配置信息。示例性地，SMF可以通过获取该第一信息的信令交互过程获取该配置信息，或者，SMF还可以通过单独的信令交互过程获取该配置信息。It should be noted that the configuration information may be pre-configured in the SMF, or the SMF may also obtain the configuration information from other network elements, for example, obtain the configuration information from the AF. Exemplarily, the SMF may acquire the configuration information through a signaling interaction process for acquiring the first information, or the SMF may also acquire the configuration information through a separate signaling interaction process.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，会话管理功能网元可以根据应用功能网元提供的第一信息确定第一ECS option信息，避免了多个MNO中的边缘应用的部署信息不互通而影响 ECS option构建的问题，从而可以使得MNO之间进行服务发现过程。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the session management function network element can determine the first ECS option information according to the first information provided by the application function network element, so as to avoid the influence of ECS option due to the incompatibility of deployment information of edge applications in multiple MNOs The problem of construction can make the service discovery process between MNOs.
下面以图5和图6为例具体阐述本申请提供的通信方法。应理解，本申请中各实施例之间的术语、步骤可以互相参考。The communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail below by taking FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 as examples. It should be understood that the terms and steps in the various embodiments in this application may refer to each other.
图5是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图，在图5所示的通信方法中，该第一信息可以包括MNO的标识信息。该方法至少包括以下几个步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the communication method shown in FIG. 5 , the first information may include identification information of the MNO. The method at least includes the following steps.
S510，SMF获取第一信息。S510. The SMF acquires first information.
具体地，该第一信息可以包括MNO的标识信息，以及MNO的标识信息对应的第二信息。该MNO的标识信息以及该第二信息和S410中类似，在此不再赘述。Specifically, the first information may include identification information of the MNO, and second information corresponding to the identification information of the MNO. The identification information of the MNO and the second information are similar to those in S410, and will not be repeated here.
SMF可以从NEF或PCF获取该第一信息，该第一信息来源于AF网元。SMF获取该第一信息的具体方式可以参考S410。The SMF may acquire the first information from the NEF or the PCF, and the first information comes from the AF network element. For a specific manner in which the SMF acquires the first information, reference may be made to S410.
S520，SMF根据该第一信息生成DNS处理规则。S520, the SMF generates a DNS processing rule according to the first information.
该DNS处理规则用于EASDF处理相应的DNS消息，其可以包括两部分：DNS检测信息和DNS消息处理动作。该DNS检测信息和DNS消息处理动作具体可参考S420中的描述。The DNS processing rules are used by the EASDF to process corresponding DNS messages, which may include two parts: DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions. For the DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions, please refer to the description in S420.
SMF根据该第一信息生成DNS处理规则可以理解为，SMF生成DNS处理规则，其中的DNS检测信息可以包括该第一信息中包括的部分或全部内容。具体可参考S420中可能的实现方式。The SMF generating the DNS processing rule according to the first information may be understood as the SMF generating the DNS processing rule, wherein the DNS detection information may include part or all of the content included in the first information. For details, reference may be made to possible implementation manners in S420.
S530，SMF向EASDF发送该DNS处理规则。S530. The SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF.
SMF可以向EASDF发送DNS上下文建立请求消息(例如，可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request)，其中包括DNS处理规则；相应地，EASDF向SMF发送DNS上下文建立响应消息(例如，可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Response)。后续，当DNS消息处理规则需要更新时，SMF还可以和EASDF交互，以更新EASDF上的DNS处理规则。SMF can send DNS context establishment request message (for example, can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Request) to EASDF, which includes DNS processing rules; correspondingly, EASDF sends DNS context establishment response message (for example, can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Create Response) to SMF. Subsequently, when the DNS message processing rules need to be updated, the SMF can also interact with the EASDF to update the DNS processing rules on the EASDF.
本申请实施例中对于DNS处理规则需要更新的情况的不做限定，可以是用于建立EASDF上的DNS消息处理规则的相关信息发生变化，或者其他情况，这里不赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, there is no limitation on the circumstances in which the DNS processing rules need to be updated. It may be that the relevant information used to establish the DNS message processing rules on the EASDF changes, or in other cases, which will not be described here.
S540，UE向该EASDF发送DNS查询请求消息，相应地，该EASDF接收该DNS查询请求消息。S540, the UE sends a DNS query request message to the EASDF, and correspondingly, the EASDF receives the DNS query request message.
具体地，该DNS查询请求消息可以通过RAN、UPF发送至EASDF。DNS查询请求消息中可以携带APP的FQDN，即终端设备查询的FQDN(第一FQDN的一例)。Specifically, the DNS query request message can be sent to the EASDF through the RAN and the UPF. The FQDN of the APP may be carried in the DNS query request message, that is, the FQDN queried by the terminal device (an example of the first FQDN).
S551，EASDF向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息，相应地，SMF接收该DNS查询上报消息。S551. The EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, and correspondingly, the SMF receives the DNS query report message.
在接收到来自UE的DNS查询请求消息之后，EASDF可以基于该DNS处理规则，向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息，例如，该DNS查询上报消息可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request。该DNS查询上报消息中包括该第一FQDN；可选地，该DNS查询上报消息中还可以包括DNS消息的类型信息，该DNS消息的类型信息，例如，可以是DNS查询消息或者DNS响应消息。After receiving the DNS query request message from the UE, the EASDF may send a DNS query report message to the SMF based on the DNS processing rule, for example, the DNS query report message may be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request. The DNS query report message includes the first FQDN; optionally, the DNS query report message may also include DNS message type information, and the DNS message type information may be, for example, a DNS query message or a DNS response message.
可选地，若在S520中，SMF生成的DNS处理规则包括MNO的标识信息，则该方法还可以包括S552，EASDF根据该DNS处理规则确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO(第一MNO的一例)。相应地，EASDF向SMF发送的DNS查询上报消息中还可以包括该第一 MNO的标识信息。Optionally, if in S520, the DNS processing rule generated by the SMF includes the identification information of the MNO, then the method may further include S552, where the EASDF determines the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN (an example of the first MNO) according to the DNS processing rule. . Correspondingly, the DNS query report message sent by the EASDF to the SMF may also include the identification information of the first MNO.
可选地，该方法还可以包括S553，SMF根据该DNS查询上报消息以及该第一信息确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO(第一MNO的一例)。Optionally, the method may further include S553. The SMF determines the MNO (an example of the first MNO) corresponding to the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message and the first information.
具体地，SMF可以根据该DNS查询上报消息确定该第一FQDN，SMF可以从该第一信息中查询该第一FQDN对应的MNO。Specifically, the SMF may determine the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message, and the SMF may query the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN from the first information.
可以理解的是，若由SMF确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO，则在S520中生成的DNS处理规则中可以不包括MNO的标识信息。It can be understood that, if the SMF determines the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN, the DNS processing rule generated in S520 may not include the identification information of the MNO.
也就是说，在本申请的实施例中，可以由EASDF根据DNS处理规则确定第一FQDN对应的第一MNO，其中，该DNS处理规则包括MNO的标识信息；或者，可以由SMF根据第一信息以及该第一FQDN确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO。该第一FQDN对应的MNO可以为SMF所属的第二MNO，也可以为与该第二MNO形成MEC federation场景中的其他的MNO，例如，第一MNO。That is to say, in this embodiment of the application, the EASDF may determine the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the DNS processing rule, wherein the DNS processing rule includes the identification information of the MNO; or, the SMF may determine the first MNO according to the first information And the first FQDN determines the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN. The MNO corresponding to the first FQDN may be the second MNO to which the SMF belongs, or may be another MNO in the MEC federation scenario formed with the second MNO, for example, the first MNO.
如果该第一FQDN对应的MNO该为第二MNO，则后续服务发现过程可参考现有的相关技术。If the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN should be the second MNO, the subsequent service discovery process may refer to existing related technologies.
如果该第一FQDN对应的MNO为第一MNO，则该方法还可以包括S560，SMF根据第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息确定第一ECS option信息。If the MNO corresponding to the first FQDN is the first MNO, the method may further include S560, the SMF determines the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO.
SMF根据第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息确定第一ECS option信息，可以参考S450，在此不再赘述。The SMF determines the first ECS option information according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and reference may be made to S450, which will not be repeated here.
可选地，SMF还可以根据第一MNO与第二MNO之间的该网络部署信息，以及该终端设备的位置信息确定ECS option，该终端设备的位置信息的具体形式例如是地理位置信息，跟踪区域(tracking area，TA)信息，与终端设备位置相关的L-PSA。例如，SMF可以根据该网络部署信息确定距离该终端设备的位置较近的，该第二MNO中的第二UPF的IP地址为确定该第一ECS option的信息，即该第一ECS option信息。Optionally, the SMF may also determine the ECS option according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the location information of the terminal device. The specific form of the location information of the terminal device is, for example, geographic location information, tracking Area (tracking area, TA) information, L-PSA related to the location of the terminal device. For example, the SMF may determine, according to the network deployment information, that the IP address of the second UPF in the second MNO is closer to the location of the terminal device as information for determining the first ECS option, that is, the first ECS option information.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，SMF可以根据应用功能网元提供的第一信息构造ECS option，进而可以实现UE访问MEC federation中其他MNO中的EAS，提升了用户的业务体验。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the SMF can construct the ECS option according to the first information provided by the application function network element, and then enable the UE to access the EAS in other MNOs in the MEC federation, which improves the service experience of the user.
S570，SMF向EASDF发送该第一ECS option信息，相应地，EASDF接收该第一ECS option信息。S570. The SMF sends the first ECS option information to the EASDF, and correspondingly, the EASDF receives the first ECS option information.
具体地，SMF可以向EASDF发送更新的DNS处理规则，该更新的DNS处理规则包括该第一ECS option信息。例如，SMF向EASDF发送DNS上下文更新请求消息(Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request)，该DNS上下文更新请求消息中携带该第一ECS option信息。Specifically, the SMF may send an updated DNS processing rule to the EASDF, and the updated DNS processing rule includes the first ECS option information. For example, the SMF sends a DNS context update request message (Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request) to the EASDF, and the DNS context update request message carries the first ECS option information.
S580，EASDF与DNS服务器交互以进行DNS查询。S580. The EASDF interacts with the DNS server to perform DNS query.
具体地，该步骤可以包括S581，EASDF向DNS服务器发送DNS查询消息，该DNS查询消息中包含第一ECS option。相应地，该DNS服务器接收该DNS查询消息，DNS服务器可以根据保存的网络位置信息与EAS服务器之间的对应关系，以及该第一ECS option中包括的UE当前的位置信息，选择与DNS查询消息相对应的EAS的IP地址。S582，该DNS服务器向该EASDF发送DNS响应消息，其中包括该选定的EAS的IP地址信息(第一EAS IP地址的一例)；相应地，EASDF接收该DNS响应消息。Specifically, this step may include S581. The EASDF sends a DNS query message to the DNS server, where the DNS query message includes the first ECS option. Correspondingly, the DNS server receives the DNS query message, and the DNS server can select the DNS query message according to the stored correspondence between the network location information and the EAS server, and the current location information of the UE included in the first ECS option. The IP address of the corresponding EAS. S582. The DNS server sends a DNS response message to the EASDF, which includes the IP address information of the selected EAS (an example of the first EAS IP address); correspondingly, the EASDF receives the DNS response message.
S590，EASDF向SMF发送DNS响应上报消息；相应地，SMF接收该DNS响应上报消息。S590. The EASDF sends a DNS response report message to the SMF; correspondingly, the SMF receives the DNS response report message.
示例性地，该DNS响应上报消息可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify。该DNS响应上报消息中携带该第一EAS的IP地址。Exemplarily, the DNS response reporting message may be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify. The DNS response report message carries the IP address of the first EAS.
可选地，该方法还可以包括S5100，SMF根据该DNS响应上报消息以及该第一信息确定该第二MNO中的L-PSA，该L-PSA用于传输UE的业务流。Optionally, the method may further include S5100. The SMF determines the L-PSA in the second MNO according to the DNS response report message and the first information, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中，SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的该网络部署信息确定该L-PSA，该L-PSA用于传输UE的业务流。示例性地，该SMF可以选择该第二MNO中距离该第一MNO的UPF较近的UPF作为该L-PSA。In a possible implementation manner, the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the UE. Exemplarily, the SMF may select a UPF closer to the UPF of the first MNO among the second MNO as the L-PSA.
在另一种可能的实现方式中，SMF接收EASDF发送的DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息中包括第一EAS的IP地址；SMF可以根据该第一EAS的IP地址，以及该第一信息判断该第一EAS在第一MNO中对应的local DN(local DN通过DNAI指示，也即是SMF可以根据该第一EAS的IP地址，以及该第一信息确定该第一EAS对应的第一DNAI)；SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA。In another possible implementation, the SMF receives the DNS response report message sent by the EASDF, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first EAS; the SMF may use the IP address of the first EAS and the first information Judging the local DN corresponding to the first EAS in the first MNO (local DN is indicated by DNAI, that is, the SMF can determine the first DNAI corresponding to the first EAS according to the IP address of the first EAS and the first information ); the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI.
其中，如S410中所述，该第一信息中包括该第一MNO对应的第二信息，该第二信息可以包括EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI；SMF可以查询该第一EAS的IP地址对应的DNAI，即确定该第一DNAI；示例性地，SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA可以包括：SMF可以根据该网络部署信息选择该第二MNO中，距离该第一DNAI对应的local DN中的第一UPF较近的第二UPF作为L-PSA；又一示例，SMF可以根据该网络部署信息选择该第二MNO中，与该第一DNAI对应的local DN中的第一UPF通信时延较小的第二UPF作为L-PSA。Wherein, as described in S410, the first information includes the second information corresponding to the first MNO, and the second information may include the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range; the SMF may query the IP address corresponding to the first EAS. DNAI, that is, to determine the first DNAI; Exemplarily, the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI may include: the SMF may according to the network deployment Information selects the second UPF in the second MNO that is closer to the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI as the L-PSA; as another example, the SMF may select the second UPF in the second MNO according to the network deployment information. , the second UPF with the smaller communication delay of the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI is used as the L-PSA.
可选地，该方法还可以包括S5110，SMF向EASDF下发对DNS响应消息的处理方式，指示EASDF将DNS响应消息返回给UE。Optionally, the method may further include S5110, the SMF issues a processing method for the DNS response message to the EASDF, and instructs the EASDF to return the DNS response message to the UE.
后续，SMF可以使用该选择的L-PSA建立访问边缘服务的PDU会话。Subsequently, the SMF can use the selected L-PSA to establish a PDU session for accessing edge services.
图6是本申请提供的另一种通信方法600的示意性流程图。在图6所示的通信方法中，该第一信息可以包括EAS上所支持的应用程序对应的FQDN与ECS option的对应关系信息。该方法至少包括以下几个步骤。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 600 provided by the present application. In the communication method shown in FIG. 6 , the first information may include correspondence relationship information between the FQDN corresponding to the application program supported on the EAS and the ECS option. The method at least includes the following steps.
S610，SMF获取第一信息。S610. The SMF acquires first information.
该第一信息可以包括第二FQDN与ECS option信息的对应关系信息，该对应关系信息用于SMF根据接收的FQDN信息确定ECS option信息。该第二FQDN中可以包括至少一个FQDN，该至少一个FQDN可以属于不同的MNO，该第二FQDN包括第一FQDN。示例性地，该第一信息包括FQDN#1和FQDN#2，FQDN#1和FQDN#2分别对应一个或多个ECS option信息，该FQDN#1和FQDN#2属于不同的MNO。The first information may include correspondence information between the second FQDN and the ECS option information, and the correspondence information is used by the SMF to determine the ECS option information according to the received FQDN information. The second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, the at least one FQDN may belong to different MNOs, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN. Exemplarily, the first information includes FQDN#1 and FQDN#2, FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 respectively correspond to one or more ECS option information, and the FQDN#1 and FQDN#2 belong to different MNOs.
可选地，该第一信息还可以包括第二FQDN，位置区域信息以及ECS option信息的对应关系信息，该对应关系和S410中类似。Optionally, the first information may also include correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information, and the correspondence relationship is similar to that in S410.
可选地，该第一信息还可以包括第二信息，该第二信息包括EAS中所支持的应用程序对应的FQDN(FQDN的范围信息)，以及EAS IP地址范围，EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI中的至少一项。其中，该EAS中所运行的应用程序对应的FQDN包括第一FQDN。 该第二信息可称为EAS部署信息。Optionally, the first information may also include second information, the second information includes the FQDN (range information of the FQDN) corresponding to the application program supported in the EAS, and the EAS IP address range, and the EAS IP address range corresponding At least one of the DNAI. Wherein, the FQDN corresponding to the application running in the EAS includes the first FQDN. The second information may be called EAS deployment information.
SMF可以从NEF或PCF获取该第一信息，该第一信息来源于AF网元。SMF获取该第一信息的具体方式可以参考S410。The SMF may acquire the first information from the NEF or the PCF, and the first information comes from the AF network element. For a specific manner in which the SMF acquires the first information, reference may be made to S410.
S620，SMF确定DNS处理规则。S620. The SMF determines a DNS processing rule.
该DNS处理规则用于EASDF处理相应的DNS消息，该DNS处理规则包括DNS检测信息和DNS消息处理动作。该DNS检测信息可以包括FQDN的范围信息，EAS IP地址范围信息，EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI中的至少一项。The DNS processing rules are used by the EASDF to process corresponding DNS messages, and the DNS processing rules include DNS detection information and DNS message processing actions. The DNS detection information may include at least one of FQDN range information, EAS IP address range information, and DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range.
S630，SMF向EASDF发送该DNS处理规则。S630. The SMF sends the DNS processing rule to the EASDF.
该步骤和S430类似，在SMF和EASDF交互交互之前，UE可以发起会话建立流程或重用UE现有会话，以建立UE与UPF之间的用户面连接。在PDU会话建立过程中，SMF可以选择EASDF。This step is similar to S430. Before the interaction between the SMF and the EASDF, the UE can initiate a session establishment process or reuse the existing session of the UE to establish a user plane connection between the UE and the UPF. During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF can choose EASDF.
SMF可以向选择的EASDF发送DNS上下文建立请求消息，其中包括DNS处理规则。后续，当DNS消息处理规则需要更新时，SMF还可以和EASDF交互，以更新EASDF上的DNS处理规则。The SMF can send a DNS context establishment request message to the selected EASDF, which includes DNS processing rules. Subsequently, when the DNS message processing rules need to be updated, the SMF can also interact with the EASDF to update the DNS processing rules on the EASDF.
S640，UE向EASDF发送DNS查询请求消息，相应地，EASDF接收该DNS查询请求消息。S640, the UE sends a DNS query request message to the EASDF, and the EASDF receives the DNS query request message accordingly.
和S540中类似，该DNS查询信息中可以携带APP的FQDN，即终端设备查询的FQDN(第一FQDN的一例)。Similar to S540, the DNS query information may carry the FQDN of the APP, that is, the FQDN queried by the terminal device (an example of the first FQDN).
S650，EASDF向SMF发送DNS查询上报消息，相应地，SMF接收该DNS查询上报消息。S650. The EASDF sends a DNS query report message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the DNS query report message accordingly.
在接收到来自UE的DNS查询请求消息之后，EASDF可以基于该DNS处理规则，向SMF上报与该DNS查询请求消息相关的信息，即向SMF发送该DNS查询上报消息(例如，该DNS查询上报消息可以是Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request)。该DNS查询上报消息中包括该第一FQDN。After receiving the DNS query request message from the UE, the EASDF can report information related to the DNS query request message to the SMF based on the DNS processing rule, that is, send the DNS query report message to the SMF (for example, the DNS query report message Can be Neasdf_DNSContext_Notify Request). The DNS query report message includes the first FQDN.
S660，SMF根据该DNS查询上报消息以及该第一信息确定第一ECS option信息。S660. The SMF determines first ECS option information according to the DNS query report message and the first information.
具体地，SMF可以根据该DNS查询上报消息确定该第一FQDN，SMF根据该第一信息选择与该第一FQDN对应的ECS option信息，即SMF确定了该第一ECS option信息。如S610中所述，该第一信息包括第二FQDN与ECS option信息的对应关系信息，该第二FQDN包括该第一FQDN；或者，SMF可以根据该DNS查询上报消息确定该第一FQDN，根据该第一信息选择与该第一FQDN以及该终端设备的位置信息对应的ECS option信息，其中，该第一信息包括第二FQDN，位置区域信息以及ECS option信息的对应关系信息，该第二FQDN包括该第一FQDN。该第一ECS option信息中可以携带一个IP地址信息，该IP地址信息可以反应UE当前的位置信息。Specifically, the SMF may determine the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message, and the SMF selects the ECS option information corresponding to the first FQDN according to the first information, that is, the SMF determines the first ECS option information. As described in S610, the first information includes information about the correspondence between the second FQDN and the ECS option information, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN; or, the SMF may determine the first FQDN according to the DNS query report message, according to The first information selects the ECS option information corresponding to the first FQDN and the location information of the terminal device, wherein the first information includes the second FQDN, the location area information and the correspondence relationship information of the ECS option information, and the second FQDN Include the first FQDN. The first ECS option information may carry an IP address information, and the IP address information may reflect the current location information of the UE.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，SMF可以根据应用功能网元提供的第一信息选择ECS option，进而可以实现UE访问MEC federation中其他MNO中的EAS，提升了用户的业务体验。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the SMF can select the ECS option according to the first information provided by the application function network element, and then realize the UE accessing the EAS in other MNOs in the MEC federation, which improves the service experience of the user.
S670，SMF向EASDF发送该第一ECS option信息，相应地，该EASDF接收该第一ECS option信息。S670. The SMF sends the first ECS option information to the EASDF, and correspondingly, the EASDF receives the first ECS option information.
具体地，SMF可以向EASDF发送更新的DNS处理规则，该更新的DNS处理规则包 括该第一ECS option信息。示例性地，SMF可以通过发送DNS上下文更新请求消息(Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request)向EASDF发送更新的DNS处理规则。Specifically, the SMF can send the updated DNS processing rule to the EASDF, and the updated DNS processing rule includes the first ECS option information. Exemplarily, the SMF may send updated DNS processing rules to the EASDF by sending a DNS context update request message (Neasdf_DNSContext_Update Request).
S680，EASDF与DNS服务器交互以进行DNS查询。S680. The EASDF interacts with the DNS server to perform DNS query.
具体地，该步骤可以包括S681，EASDF向DNS服务器发送DNS查询消息，该DNS查询消息中包含第一ECS option。DNS服务器可以根据保存的网络位置信息与EAS服务器之间的对应关系，以及该第一ECS option中包括的UE当前的位置信息，选择与DNS查询消息相对应的EAS(第一EAS的一例)服务器的IP地址。S682，该DNS服务器向该EASDF发送DNS响应消息，其中包括该第一EAS的IP地址。Specifically, this step may include S681. The EASDF sends a DNS query message to the DNS server, where the DNS query message includes the first ECS option. The DNS server can select the EAS (an example of the first EAS) server corresponding to the DNS query message according to the correspondence between the stored network location information and the EAS server, and the current location information of the UE included in the first ECS option IP address. S682. The DNS server sends a DNS response message to the EASDF, which includes the IP address of the first EAS.
S690，EASDF向SMF发送DNS响应上报消息。S690. The EASDF sends a DNS response report message to the SMF.
EASDF从DNS服务器接收到DNS响应消息后，将DNS response中包含的FQDN或EAS的IP范围进行匹配，如果在FQDN范围或EAS IP范围内，EASDF向SMF发送DNS响应上报消息，其中包括第一EAS的IP地址信息。After EASDF receives the DNS response message from the DNS server, it matches the FQDN contained in the DNS response or the IP range of the EAS. If it is within the FQDN range or the EAS IP range, EASDF sends a DNS response report message to the SMF, including the first EAS IP address information.
S6100，SMF根据该DNS响应上报消息确定该第二MNO中的L-PSA，该L-PSA用于传输UE的业务流。S6100, the SMF determines the L-PSA in the second MNO according to the DNS response report message, and the L-PSA is used to transmit the service flow of the UE.
具体地，该SMF可以先根据配置信息，判断DNS响应上报消息中携带的第一EAS的IP地址所属的MNO(第一MNO的一例)，该第一EAS所属的MNO与该SMF所属的第二MNO不同。Specifically, the SMF may first determine the MNO (an example of the first MNO) to which the IP address of the first EAS carried in the DNS response report message belongs according to the configuration information, the MNO to which the first EAS belongs and the second MNO to which the SMF belongs. MNOs are different.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该配置信息可以包括IP地址与MNO的标识信息的对应关系，该MNO的标识信息中包括该第一MNO的标识信息。示例性地，该MNO的标识信息与IP地址范围信息之间的对应关系可以是一对一的关系，即一个MNO的标识信息对应一个IP地址范围，或者，该MNO的标识信息与IP地址范围信息之间的对应关系可以是一对多的关系，即一个MNO的标识信息可以对应多个IP地址范围。例如，该对应关系可以表示为(MNO#1：<IP range#1>；MNO#2：<IP range#2>)；又如，该对应关系可以表示为(MNO#1：<IP range#1，IP range#2>；MNO#2：<IP range#3>)。In a possible implementation manner, the configuration information may include a correspondence between the IP address and the identification information of the MNO, where the identification information of the MNO includes the identification information of the first MNO. Exemplarily, the correspondence between the identification information of the MNO and the IP address range information may be a one-to-one relationship, that is, the identification information of an MNO corresponds to an IP address range, or the identification information of the MNO and the IP address range The correspondence between information may be a one-to-many relationship, that is, one MNO identification information may correspond to multiple IP address ranges. For example, the corresponding relationship can be expressed as (MNO#1: <IP range#1>; MNO#2: <IP range#2>); for another example, the corresponding relationship can be expressed as (MNO#1: <IP range# 1, IP range#2>; MNO#2: <IP range#3>).
SMF可以根据该配置信息确定该第一EAS的IP地址对应的MNO(第一MNO)；SMF根据第一MNO与第二MNO之间的该网络部署信息确定该L-PSA。示例性地，该SMF可以选择该第二MNO中距离该第一MNO的UPF较近的UPF作为该L-PSA。The SMF may determine the MNO (first MNO) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS according to the configuration information; the SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO. Exemplarily, the SMF may select a UPF closer to the UPF of the first MNO among the second MNO as the L-PSA.
另一种可能的实现方式中，该配置信息可以包括IP地址、MNO的标识信息以及DNAI的对应关系信息。示例性地，该对应关系可以是：该MNO的标识信息可以与对应至少一个DNIA，该至少一个DNAI中的每个DNAI可以对应至少一个IP地址范围信息。例如，该对应关系可以表示为：{MNO#1：(DNAI#1:<IP range#1，IP range#2>)；MNO#1：(DNAI#2:<IP range#3>)；MNO#2：(DNAI#3:<IP range#4>)}。In another possible implementation manner, the configuration information may include the IP address, identification information of the MNO, and correspondence relationship information of the DNAI. Exemplarily, the corresponding relationship may be: the identification information of the MNO may correspond to at least one DNIA, and each DNAI in the at least one DNAI may correspond to at least one IP address range information. For example, the corresponding relationship can be expressed as: {MNO#1: (DNAI#1:<IP range#1, IP range#2>); MNO#1: (DNAI#2:<IP range#3>); MNO #2: (DNAI#3:<IP range#4>)}.
SMF可以根据第一EAS的IP地址，和该配置信息确定该第一EAS的IP地址对应的DNAI(第一DNAI)，以及对应的MNO(第一MNO)；SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA。示例性地，SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA可以包括：SMF可以根据该网络部署信息选择该第二MNO中，距离该第一DNAI对应的local DN中的第一UPF较近的第二UPF作为L-PSA；又一示例，SMF可以根据该网络部署信息选择该第二MNO中，与该第一DNAI对应的local DN中的第一UPF通信时延较小的第二UPF 作为L-PSA。The SMF can determine the DNAI (first DNAI) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS and the corresponding MNO (first MNO) according to the IP address of the first EAS and the configuration information; Network deployment information between MNOs, and the first DNAI determine the L-PSA. Exemplarily, the SMF may determine the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, and the first DNAI may include: the SMF may select the second MNO according to the network deployment information, and the distance from the The second UPF closer to the first UPF in the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI is used as the L-PSA; as another example, the SMF may select the local DN corresponding to the first DNAI in the second MNO according to the network deployment information The first UPF in the second UPF with a smaller communication delay is used as the L-PSA.
再一种可能的实现方式中，如果该第一信息包括第二信息，该第二信息包括EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI。则该SMF可以根据该EAS IP地址范围所对应的DNAI的信息确定该第一EAS的IP地址对应的DNAI(第一DNAI)；SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及第一EAS对应的DNAI(第一DNAI)确定该L-PSA。SMF根据该第一MNO与第二MNO之间的网络部署信息，以及该第一DNAI确定该L-PSA如前面所述。In another possible implementation manner, if the first information includes second information, the second information includes the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range. Then the SMF can determine the DNAI (first DNAI) corresponding to the IP address of the first EAS according to the information of the DNAI corresponding to the EAS IP address range; the SMF can, according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO, And the DNAI corresponding to the first EAS (the first DNAI) determines the L-PSA. The SMF determines the L-PSA according to the network deployment information between the first MNO and the second MNO and the first DNAI as described above.
需要说明的是，该配置信息可以预先配置在SMF中，或者，SMF还可以获取来自其他网元的该配置信息，例如，获取来自AF的该配置信息，SMF可以通过获取该第一信息的信令交互过程获取该配置信息，或者，SMF还可以通过单独的信令交互过程获取该配置信息。It should be noted that the configuration information can be pre-configured in the SMF, or the SMF can also obtain the configuration information from other network elements, for example, obtain the configuration information from the AF, and the SMF can obtain the first information through the The configuration information may be obtained through a signaling interaction process, or the SMF may also obtain the configuration information through a separate signaling interaction process.
可选地，该方法还可以包括S6110，SMF向EASDF下发对DNS响应消息的处理方式，指示EASDF将DNS响应消息返回给UE。后续，SMF可以使用该选择的L-PSA建立访问边缘服务的PDU会话。Optionally, the method may further include S6110, the SMF issues a processing method for the DNS response message to the EASDF, and instructs the EASDF to return the DNS response message to the UE. Subsequently, the SMF can use the selected L-PSA to establish a PDU session for accessing edge services.
应理解，本申请实施例中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“至少两个”和“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a、b和c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，或b，或c，或a和b，或a和c，或b和c，或a、b和c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "at least two" and "multiple" refer to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, wherein a, b, c can be single or multiple.
还应理解，本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例，而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should also be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only for helping those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments New embodiments can be formed by combining them according to their inherent logical relationships.
可以理解的是，本申请上述实施例中，由通信设备实现的方法，也可以由可配置于通信设备内部的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the foregoing embodiments of the present application, the method implemented by the communication device may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or a circuit) that can be configured inside the communication device.
以上，结合图4至图6详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法。上述通信方法主要从网元之间交互的角度进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Above, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 . The foregoing communication method is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, each network element includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
以下，结合图7至图9对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行详细说明。应理解，装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法 实施例，为了简洁，部分内容不再赘述。Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 7 to FIG. 9 . It should be understood that the descriptions of the device embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the method embodiments. Therefore, for content that is not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiments. For the sake of brevity, some content will not be repeated.
图7是本申请实施例提供的通信装置700的示意性框图。如图7所示，该通信装置700可以包括：收发单元710和处理单元720。收发单元710可以用于实现相应的通信功能。收发单元710还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。处理单元720可以用于实现相应的处理功能，例如，确定ECS option信息。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the communication device 700 may include: a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720 . The transceiver unit 710 may be used to implement corresponding communication functions. The transceiver unit 710 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit. The processing unit 720 may be configured to implement corresponding processing functions, for example, determine ECS option information.
在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置700可以是上文方法实施例中的会话管理网元，也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中会话管理网元的功能的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device 700 may be the session management network element in the above method embodiment, or a chip for realizing the function of the session management network element in the above method embodiment.
可选地，该装置700还包括存储单元，该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据，处理单元720可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据，以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中设备或网元的动作。Optionally, the device 700 further includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 720 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the foregoing method embodiments Actions of devices or network elements in the network.
应理解，该通信装置700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400或者方法500或方法600中的会话管理网元，该通信装置700可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400中的会话管理网元执行的方法单元、图5中的方法500中的SMF执行的方法单元、图6中的方法600中的SMF执行的方法单元。并且，该通信装置700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400至图6中的方法600的相应流程。其中，收发单元710可用于执行上文方法实施例中会话管理网元的收发相关的操作，处理单元720可用于执行上文方法实施例中会话管理网元的处理相关的操作。It should be understood that the communication device 700 may correspond to the session management network element in the method 400 or the method 500 or the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a session management network element for performing the session management in the method 400 in FIG. 4 The method elements executed by the network element, the method elements executed by the SMF in the method 500 in FIG. 5 , and the method elements executed by the SMF in the method 600 in FIG. 6 . Moreover, each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 . Wherein, the transceiving unit 710 may be configured to perform operations related to transceiving of the session management network element in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 720 may be configured to perform operations related to processing of the session management network element in the above method embodiments.
具体地，第一种可能的实现方式，该收发单元710用于接收第一信息，该第一信息可以包括MNO的标识信息，以及MNO的标识信息对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括第二FQDN，该第二FQDN包括终端设备查询的FQDN(第一FQDN)；或者，该第一信息可以包括第二FQDN与ECS option信息的对应关系信息，该第二FQDN中可以包括至少一个FQDN，该至少一个FQDN可以属于不同的MNO，该第二FQDN包括第一FQDN。可选地，该第一信息还可以包括该第二FQDN，位置区域信息以及ECS option信息的对应关系信息。Specifically, in the first possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive first information, the first information may include the identification information of the MNO, and second information corresponding to the identification information of the MNO, the second information includes the first Two FQDNs, the second FQDN includes the FQDN (first FQDN) queried by the terminal device; or, the first information may include the correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN and the ECS option information, and the second FQDN may include at least one FQDN, The at least one FQDN may belong to different MNOs, and the second FQDN includes the first FQDN. Optionally, the first information may also include correspondence relationship information between the second FQDN, location area information, and ECS option information.
该收发单元还用于接收DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一FQDN。The transceiver unit is also used for receiving a DNS query report message, and the DNS query report message carries the first FQDN.
处理单元720，用于根据第一信息以及该DNS查询上报消息确定第一ECSoption信息。可选地，该处理单元还用于根据该第一信息以及该DNS查询上报消息确定该第一FQDN对应的第一MNO的标识信息。The processing unit 720 is configured to determine first ECS option information according to the first information and the DNS query report message. Optionally, the processing unit is further configured to determine the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the first information and the DNS query report message.
可选地，该收发单元710还用于接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息携带第一EAS的IP地址信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 710 is also configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message carries the IP address information of the first EAS.
可选地，该处理单元720还用于根据该第一信息以及该DNS响应上报消息确定当前移动网络运营商中的PDU会话锚点。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the PDU session anchor point in the current mobile network operator according to the first information and the DNS response report message.
可选地，该处理单元720还用于根据该第一信息以及该DNS响应上报消息确定该第一EAS所属的第一DNAI。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the first DNAI to which the first EAS belongs according to the first information and the DNS response reporting message.
可选地，该处理单元还用于根据该DNS响应上报消息以及配置信息确定该第一FQDN对应的第一MNO，该配置信息包括IP地址和MNO的标识信息的对应关心信息。Optionally, the processing unit is further configured to determine the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN according to the DNS response report message and configuration information, where the configuration information includes the IP address and corresponding concerned information of the MNO identification information.
第二种可能的实现方式，收发单元710用于接收该第一信息；该收发单元710还用于向边缘应用服务发现功能网元发送DNS处理规则，该DNS处理规则携带MNO的标识信息。In a second possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 710 is configured to receive the first information; the transceiving unit 710 is further configured to send a DNS processing rule to an edge application service discovery function network element, where the DNS processing rule carries identification information of the MNO.
该收发单元还用于接收DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一FQDN以及该第一FQDN对应的第一MNO的标识信息，其中，该第一FQDN对应的该第一MNO的标识信息用边缘应用服务发现功能网元确定。该处理单元720用于根据该DNS查询上报消息确定第一ECS option信息。The transceiver unit is also used to receive a DNS query report message, the DNS query report message carries the first FQDN and the identification information of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN, wherein the identification of the first MNO corresponding to the first FQDN The information is determined by the edge application service discovery function network element. The processing unit 720 is configured to determine first ECS option information according to the DNS query report message.
可选地，该收发单元710还用于接收DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息携带第一EAS的IP地址信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 710 is also configured to receive a DNS response report message, where the DNS response report message carries the IP address information of the first EAS.
可选地，该处理单元720还用于根据该第一信息以及该DNS响应上报消息确定当前移动网络运营商中的PDU会话锚点。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the PDU session anchor point in the current mobile network operator according to the first information and the DNS response report message.
可选地，该处理单元720还用于根据该第一信息以及该DNS响应上报消息确定该第一EAS所属的第一DNAI。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is further configured to determine the first DNAI to which the first EAS belongs according to the first information and the DNS response reporting message.
在另一种可能的设计中，该通信装置700可以是上文方法实施例中的边缘应用服务发现功能网元，也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中边缘应用服务发现功能网元的功能的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 700 may be the network element with the edge application service discovery function in the above method embodiment, or the network element used to realize the edge application service discovery function in the above method embodiment function chip.
应理解，该通信装置700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400或者方法500或方法600中的边缘应用服务发现功能网元，该通信装置700可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400中的边缘应用服务发现功能网元执行的方法单元、图5中的方法500中的EASDF执行的方法单元、图6中的方法600中的EASDF执行的方法单元。并且，该通信装置700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400至图6中的方法600的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication device 700 may correspond to the edge application service discovery function network element in the method 400 or the method 500 or the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a network element for performing the method 400 in FIG. 4 The method elements executed by the edge application service discovery function network element, the method elements executed by the EASDF in the method 500 in FIG. 5 , and the method elements executed by the EASDF in the method 600 in FIG. 6 . Moreover, each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 .
具体地，该收发单元710用于接收终端设备发送的DNS查询消息，该DNS查询消息包括第一FQDN；该处理单元720用于根据DNS处理规则确定该第一FQDN对应的MNO(第一MNO)，该DNS处理规则包括该第一MNO的标识信息，以及该第一MNO对应的第二信息，该第二信息包括该第一FQDN；该收发单元710还用于向该会话管理网元发送DNS查询上报消息，该DNS查询上报消息携带该第一MNO的标识信息。Specifically, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive a DNS query message sent by a terminal device, the DNS query message includes a first FQDN; the processing unit 720 is configured to determine the MNO (first MNO) corresponding to the first FQDN according to DNS processing rules , the DNS processing rule includes the identification information of the first MNO, and the second information corresponding to the first MNO, the second information includes the first FQDN; the transceiver unit 710 is also configured to send DNS to the session management network element A query report message, where the DNS query report message carries the identification information of the first MNO.
可选地，该收发单元710还用于接收来自该会话管理网元的该DNS处理规则。Optionally, the transceiving unit 710 is also configured to receive the DNS processing rule from the session management network element.
可选地，该收发单元还用于向该会话管理网元发送DNS响应上报消息，该DNS响应上报消息携带第一EAS的IP地址信息，该DNS响应上报消息用于会话管理网元确定当前移动网络运营商中的PDU会话锚点。Optionally, the transceiver unit is also configured to send a DNS response report message to the session management network element, the DNS response report message carries the IP address information of the first EAS, and the DNS response report message is used by the session management network element to determine the current mobile PDU Session Anchor in Network Operator.
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
再一种可能的设计中，该通信装置700可以是上文方法实施例中的应用功能网元，该通信装置包括收发单元710，该通信装置700也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中应用功能网元的功能的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 700 may be the application function network element in the above method embodiment, the communication device includes a transceiver unit 710, and the communication device 700 may also be used to implement the above method embodiment A chip that applies the functions of a functional network element.
应理解，该通信装置700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400至方法600中的应用功能网元，该通信装置700可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400至图6中的方法600中的应用功能网元执行的方法的单元。并且，该通信装置700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400至图6中的方法600的相应流程。应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 700 may correspond to the application function network element in the method 400 to the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a method for executing the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 The unit of the method performed by the network element of the application function. Moreover, each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 4 to the method 600 in FIG. 6 . It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
还应理解，该通信装置700中的收发单元710可对应于图8中示出的通信设备800中的收发器820。该通信装置700中的处理单元720可对应于图8中示出的通信设备800中的处理器810。It should also be understood that the transceiver unit 710 in the communication device 700 may correspond to the transceiver 820 in the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 8 . The processing unit 720 in the communication apparatus 700 may correspond to the processor 810 in the communication device 800 shown in FIG. 8 .
还应理解，当该通信装置700为芯片时，该芯片包括收发单元。示例性地，该芯片还可以包括处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口；处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。It should also be understood that when the communication device 700 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit. Exemplarily, the chip may further include a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
收发单元710用于实现通信装置700的信号的收发操作，处理单元720用于实现通信装置700的信号的处理操作。The transceiver unit 710 is used to realize the signal sending and receiving operation of the communication device 700 , and the processing unit 720 is used to realize the signal processing operation of the communication device 700 .
示例性地，该通信装置700还包括存储单元730，该存储单元730用于存储指令。Exemplarily, the communication device 700 further includes a storage unit 730 for storing instructions.
如图8所示，本申请实施例提供另一种通信的装置800。该装置800包括处理器810，处理器810用于执行存储器820存储的计算机程序或指令，或读取存储器820存储的数据/信令，以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。可选地，处理器810为一个或多个。As shown in FIG. 8 , this embodiment of the present application provides another communication device 800 . The apparatus 800 includes a processor 810, and the processor 810 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, or read data/signaling stored in the memory 820, so as to execute the methods in the above method embodiments. Optionally, there are one or more processors 810 .
可选地，如图8所示，该装置800还包括存储器820，存储器820用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据。该存储器820可以与处理器810集成在一起，或者也可以分离设置。可选地，存储器820为一个或多个。该装置800还包括收发器830，收发器830用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如，处理器88用于控制收发器830进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 8 , the apparatus 800 further includes a memory 820, and the memory 820 is used for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data. The memory 820 can be integrated with the processor 810, or can also be set separately. Optionally, there are one or more memories 820 . The device 800 also includes a transceiver 830 for receiving and/or sending signals. For example, the processor 88 is configured to control the transceiver 830 to receive and/or send signals.
一种可能的设计，该装置800用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由会话管理网元执行的操作。该处理器810用于执行存储器820存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中会话管理网元的相关操作。In a possible design, the apparatus 800 is used to implement the operations performed by the session management network element in each method embodiment above. The processor 810 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, so as to implement related operations of the session management network element in each method embodiment above.
另一种可能的设计，该装置800用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由边缘应用服务发现功能网元执行的操作。处理器810用于执行存储器820存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中边缘应用服务发现功能网元的相关操作。In another possible design, the apparatus 800 is configured to implement the operations performed by the edge application service discovery function network element in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor 810 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, so as to implement related operations of the edge application service discovery function network element in each method embodiment above.
再一种可能的设计，该装置800用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由应用功能网元执行的操作。处理器810用于执行存储器820存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中应用功能网元的相关操作。In yet another possible design, the apparatus 800 is configured to implement the operations performed by the application function network element in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor 810 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, so as to implement related operations of the application function network element in each method embodiment above.
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)。例如，RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定，RAM包括如下多种形式：静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate  SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. As an example and not limitation, RAM includes the following multiple forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, the memory (storage module) may be integrated in the processor.
还需要说明的是，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中方法的计算机指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法各实施例中由会话管理网元执行的方法，或者边缘应用功能网元执行的方法，或者应用功能网元执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the session management network element in the above method embodiments, or the method executed by the edge application function network element, or the method executed by the application function network element.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，包含指令，该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中的方法。The embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the methods in the foregoing method embodiments are implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信的***，包括前述的会话管理网元、边缘应用功能网元、应用功能网元以及终端设备中的一个或多个。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including one or more of the foregoing session management network element, edge application function network element, application function network element, and terminal device.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例，此处不再赘述。For explanations and beneficial effects of relevant content in any of the devices provided above, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and details are not repeated here.
图9是本申请实施例的一种芯片***的示意图。这里的芯片***也可为电路组成的***。图9所示的芯片***900包括：逻辑电路910以及输入/输出接口(input/output interface)920，所述逻辑电路用于与输入接口耦合，通过所述输入/输出接口传输数据，以执行图4至图6所述的方法。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a chip system according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip system here may also be a system composed of circuits. The chip system 900 shown in FIG. 9 includes: a logic circuit 910 and an input/output interface (input/output interface) 920, the logic circuit is used to couple with the input interface, and transmit data through the input/output interface to execute the diagram. 4 to the method described in Figure 6.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置，包括处理器和接口。所述处理器可用于执行上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface. The processor may be used to execute the methods in the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解，上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如，该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，还可以是***芯片(system on chip，SoC)，还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit，CPU)，还可以是网络处理器(network processor，NP)，还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor，DSP)，还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit，MCU)，还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device，PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the above processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (system on chip, SoC). It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller unit) , MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所提供的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the method provided in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以 硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are implemented by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    会话管理网元接收域名***DNS查询上报消息，所述DNS查询上报消息包括第一全限定域名，所述第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名；The session management network element receives a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a fully qualified domain name queried by a terminal device;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；The session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information;
    其中，所述第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及所述第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，所述第二信息包括所述第一全限定域名；和/或，Wherein, the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, and second information corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name; and / or,
    所述第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，所述第二全限定域名包括所述第一全限定域名。The first information includes a correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, and the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述会话管理网元根据所述DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein before the session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information, the method further comprises :
    所述会话管理网元接收来自应用功能网元的所述第一信息。The session management network element receives the first information from the application function network element.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述会话管理网元根据所述DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information includes:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一全限定域名以及所述第一信息确定所述第一移动网络运营商，所述第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及所述第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，所述第二信息包括所述第一全限定域名；The session management network element determines the first mobile network operator according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information, the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first Second information corresponding to identification information of a mobile network operator, where the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一移动网络运营商和所述会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定所述第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。The session management network element determines the client subnet option of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs information.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第二全限定域名，位置区域信息和所述第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，所述会话管理网元根据所述DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name, location area information, and client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, The session management network element determining the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information includes:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述终端设备的位置区域信息，所述第一全限定域名以及所述第一信息确定所述第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。The session management network element determines the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the location area information of the terminal device, the first fully qualified domain name and the first information.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述会话管理网元接收DNS响应上报消息，所述DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；The session management network element receives a DNS response report message, and the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识；The session management network element determines a first data network access identifier according to the IP address of the first edge application server;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，所述PDU会话锚点属于所述会话管理网元所属的第二移动网络运营商，所述PDU会话锚点用于传输所述终端设备的业务流。The session management network element determines a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, the PDU session anchor point belongs to the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs, and the PDU session anchor point belongs to the second mobile network operator to which the session management network element belongs. The session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息还包括数据网络接入标识与边缘应用服务器的互联网协议IP地址的对应关系信息，所述会话管理网元根据所述 第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识包括：The method according to claim 5, wherein the second information further includes information on the correspondence between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the session management network element according to the first The IP address of the edge application server determines that the first data network access identifier includes:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址以及所述第二信息确定所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址对应的数据网络接入标识，所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址对应的数据网络接入标识为所述第一数据网络标识。The session management network element determines the data network access identifier corresponding to the IP address of the first edge application server according to the IP address of the first edge application server and the second information, and the first edge application server's The data network access identifier corresponding to the IP address is the first data network identifier.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述会话管理网元根据所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识包括：The method according to claim 5, wherein the session management network element determining the first data network access identifier according to the IP address of the first edge application server comprises:
    所述会话管理网元根据配置信息以及所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定所述第一数据网络接入标识，所述配置信息包括所述第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系。The session management network element determines the first data network access identifier according to the configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, the configuration information includes the identifier information of the first mobile network operator, and the data network Correspondence between access identifiers and IP addresses.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，所述会话管理网元根据所述第一数据网络接入标识确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点包括：According to the method according to claim 6 or 7, the session management network element determining the protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier includes:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第一移动网络运营商与所述第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息,以及所述第一数据网络接入标识确定所述PDU会话锚点。The session management network element determines the PDU session anchor point according to the network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network access identifier.
  9. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    收发单元，用于接收域名***DNS查询上报消息，所述DNS查询上报消息包括第一全限定域名，所述第一全限定域名为终端设备查询的全限定域名；A transceiver unit, configured to receive a domain name system DNS query report message, the DNS query report message includes a first fully qualified domain name, and the first fully qualified domain name is a fully qualified domain name queried by a terminal device;
    处理单元，用于根据所述DNS查询上报消息以及第一信息确定第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息；A processing unit, configured to determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to the DNS query report message and the first information;
    其中，所述第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及所述第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，所述第二信息包括所述第一全限定域名；和/或，Wherein, the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, and second information corresponding to the identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name; and / or,
    所述第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，所述第二全限定域名包括所述第一全限定域名。The first information includes a correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, and the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：The device according to claim 9, wherein the transceiver unit is also used for:
    接收来自应用功能网元的所述第一信息。Receive the first information from the application function network element.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于：The device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the processing unit is specifically used for:
    根据所述第一全限定域名以及所述第一信息确定所述第一移动网络运营商，所述第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，以及所述第一移动网络运营商的标识信息对应的第二信息，所述第二信息包括所述第一全限定域名；The first mobile network operator is determined according to the first fully qualified domain name and the first information, the first information includes identification information of the first mobile network operator, and the first mobile network operator's second information corresponding to the identification information, where the second information includes the first fully qualified domain name;
    根据所述第一移动网络运营商和所述装置所属的第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息，确定所述第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。Determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism according to network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator to which the device belongs.
  12. 根据权利要求9或10所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第二全限定域名，位置区域信息和所述第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，所述处理单元具体用于：The device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the first information includes the correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name, location area information, and client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, The processing unit is specifically used for:
    根据所述终端设备的位置区域信息，所述第一全限定域名以及所述第一信息确定所述第一DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息。According to the location area information of the terminal device, the first fully qualified domain name and the first information determine the client subnet option information of the first DNS extension mechanism.
  13. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，Apparatus according to any one of claims 9 to 12, characterized in that
    所述收发单元还用于，接收DNS响应上报消息，所述DNS响应上报消息包括第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址；The transceiver unit is also used to receive a DNS response report message, the DNS response report message includes the IP address of the first edge application server;
    所述处理单元还用于，根据所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接 入标识；The processing unit is also used to determine the first data network access identifier according to the IP address of the first edge application server;
    所述处理单元还用于，根据所述第一数据网络接入标识用于确定协议数据单元PDU会话锚点，所述PDU会话锚点属于所述装置所属的第二移动网络运营商，所述PDU会话锚点用于传输所述终端设备的业务流。The processing unit is further configured to determine a protocol data unit PDU session anchor point according to the first data network access identifier, the PDU session anchor point belongs to the second mobile network operator to which the device belongs, the The PDU session anchor is used to transmit the service flow of the terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二信息还包括数据网络接入标识与边缘应用服务器的互联网协议IP地址的对应关系信息，所述处理单元具体用于：The device according to claim 13, wherein the second information further includes correspondence relationship information between the data network access identifier and the Internet Protocol IP address of the edge application server, and the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址以及所述第二信息确定所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址对应的数据网络接入标识，所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址对应的数据网络接入标识为所述第一数据网络标识。Determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the IP address of the first edge application server according to the IP address of the first edge application server and the second information, and determine the data network access identifier corresponding to the IP address of the first edge application server The access identifier is the first data network identifier.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其特征在于，所述会话管理网元根据所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定第一数据网络接入标识包括：The device according to claim 13, wherein the session management network element determining the first data network access identifier according to the IP address of the first edge application server comprises:
    所述会话管理网元根据配置信息以及所述第一边缘应用服务器的IP地址确定所述第一数据网络接入标识，所述配置信息包括所述第一移动网络运营商的标识信息，数据网络接入标识以及IP地址的对应关系。The session management network element determines the first data network access identifier according to the configuration information and the IP address of the first edge application server, the configuration information includes the identifier information of the first mobile network operator, and the data network Correspondence between access identifiers and IP addresses.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的装置，所述处理单元具体用于：The device according to claim 14 or 15, the processing unit is specifically used for:
    根据所述第一移动网络运营商与所述第二移动网络运营商之间的网络部署信息,以及所述第一数据网络接入标识确定所述PDU会话锚点。The PDU session anchor point is determined according to network deployment information between the first mobile network operator and the second mobile network operator, and the first data network access identifier.
  17. 一种会话管理网元，其特征在于，包括：A session management network element, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器和存储器，所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述会话管理网元运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述会话管理网元执行如权利要求1至8任一项所述的数据传输方法。a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the session management network element is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the session management network element executes The data transmission method according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  18. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器，所述处理器与所述存储器耦合，所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的通信方法。A processor, the processor is coupled to the memory, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 .
  19. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被通信装置运行时，使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至8中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run by a communication device, the device executes any one of claims 1-8. method described in the item.
  20. 一种芯片***，其特征在于，包括：A system on a chip, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片***的通信装置执行如权利要求1至8中任意一项所述的方法。The processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  21. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，A computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that,
    当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至8中任意一项所述的方法。When it runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  22. 一种通信***，包括：A communication system comprising:
    会话管理网元，用于执行如权利要求1至8中任意一项所述的方法；A session management network element, configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8;
    第一网元，用于向所述会话管理网元发送第一信息；a first network element, configured to send first information to the session management network element;
    其中，所述第一网元为策略控制网元或网络开放网元，所述第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息；和/或，Wherein, the first network element is a policy control network element or a network open network element, and the first information includes identification information of a first mobile network operator; and/or,
    所述第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，所述第二全限定域名包括所述第一全限定域名。The first information includes a correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, and the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
  23. 一种通信***，包括：A communication system comprising:
    会话管理网元，用于执行如权利要求1至8中任意一项所述的方法；A session management network element, configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8;
    第一网元，用于向所述会话管理网元发送第一信息；a first network element, configured to send first information to the session management network element;
    应用功能网元，用于向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；an application function network element, configured to send the first information to the first network element;
    其中，所述第一网元为策略控制网元或网络开放网元，所述第一信息包括第一移动网络运营商的标识信息；和/或，Wherein, the first network element is a policy control network element or a network open network element, and the first information includes identification information of a first mobile network operator; and/or,
    所述第一信息包括第二全限定域名和第二DNS扩展机制的客户端子网选项信息的对应关系，所述第二全限定域名包括所述第一全限定域名。The first information includes a correspondence between the second fully qualified domain name and the client subnet option information of the second DNS extension mechanism, and the second fully qualified domain name includes the first fully qualified domain name.
PCT/CN2022/130542 2021-12-21 2022-11-08 Communication method and apparatus WO2023116240A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111571813.2 2021-12-21
CN202111571813.2A CN116319958A (en) 2021-12-21 2021-12-21 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023116240A1 true WO2023116240A1 (en) 2023-06-29

Family

ID=86778420

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/130542 WO2023116240A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2022-11-08 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116319958A (en)
WO (1) WO2023116240A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021168714A1 (en) * 2020-02-26 2021-09-02 华为技术有限公司 Application discovery method, apparatus, and system
WO2021168715A1 (en) * 2020-02-26 2021-09-02 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus and system for discovering application
CN113691969A (en) * 2021-07-16 2021-11-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113795014A (en) * 2021-08-05 2021-12-14 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for discovering edge application server

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021168714A1 (en) * 2020-02-26 2021-09-02 华为技术有限公司 Application discovery method, apparatus, and system
WO2021168715A1 (en) * 2020-02-26 2021-09-02 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus and system for discovering application
CN113691969A (en) * 2021-07-16 2021-11-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113795014A (en) * 2021-08-05 2021-12-14 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for discovering edge application server

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116319958A (en) 2023-06-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023284584A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023011210A1 (en) Method and apparatus for acquiring edge service
WO2023280121A1 (en) Method and apparatus for obtaining edge service
US11811670B2 (en) Packet delay parameter obtaining method, system, and apparatus
EP4072234A1 (en) Method for establishing connection and obtaining relay service code, and communication apparatus
US11399307B2 (en) Service authorization method, terminal device and network device
WO2016180113A1 (en) Method for initiating wi-fi voice service, lte communication device, terminal, and communication system
US11877251B2 (en) Time synchronization method, electronic device and storage medium
WO2020151584A1 (en) Network configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2022006828A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2023116240A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020200297A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting session management network element
WO2023051381A1 (en) Application server determination method and apparatus
WO2023000798A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023051431A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023185435A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023213210A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024026804A1 (en) Mobile node configuration method, mobile node, and host device
WO2022222748A1 (en) Relay communication method and apparatus
US20230362127A1 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program to influence 3gpp terminals on preferences between multiple recursive dns servers
WO2024105650A1 (en) Providing information about provisioning servers to user equipment (ue) during onboarding procedures
JP2024512630A (en) Information processing methods, devices and communication equipment
CN116963231A (en) Communication method and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22909557

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1